1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
9189 Here's an example with the
9196 \begin_layout Labeling
9197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9199 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9203 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9207 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9211 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9217 \begin_layout Standard
9219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9226 marks the beginning of the item.
9227 (There is actually a
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 HFill inside of the label of the
9239 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
9241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9248 situations, like two-column mode.
9251 \begin_layout Standard
9252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9260 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9264 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9265 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9266 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9270 option in the space dialog.
9278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9293 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9295 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9299 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9302 What is correct English?:
9303 \begin_inset Newline newline
9307 \begin_inset Newline newline
9311 \begin_inset space ~
9314 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9315 \begin_inset Newline newline
9322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9333 \begin_inset Newline newline
9340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9357 \begin_layout Standard
9358 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9363 \begin_inset space ~
9367 \begin_inset space ~
9371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9375 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9393 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9397 for more information about TeX-Code.
9403 In our case write the command
9410 (note the space after
9411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9418 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9419 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9420 That is why it is named
9421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 There exists also the commands
9445 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9446 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9449 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9461 \begin_layout Subsection
9463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9465 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 \begin_layout Standard
9483 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9486 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9488 \begin_inset space ~
9494 There you find the following sizes:
9497 \begin_layout Standard
9510 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9515 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9530 for the paragraph separation.
9531 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9557 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9558 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9560 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9561 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9570 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 s are described in section
9580 \begin_inset space ~
9584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9586 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9595 If there are several
9599 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9600 You can therefore use
9604 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9612 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9613 \begin_inset space ~
9617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9619 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9626 \begin_layout Standard
9627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9637 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9638 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9650 \begin_layout Subsection
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9655 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9657 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9661 There are four possibilities:
9664 \begin_layout Itemize
9670 \begin_layout Itemize
9676 \begin_layout Itemize
9682 \begin_layout Itemize
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9689 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9690 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9691 the left and right margins.
9692 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9695 \begin_layout Standard
9697 This paragraph is right aligned,
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 this one is centered,
9705 \begin_layout Standard
9707 this one is left aligned.
9710 \begin_layout Subsection
9715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9724 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9731 \begin_layout Standard
9732 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9733 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9734 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9735 Only if you use many
9739 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9742 \begin_layout Standard
9743 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9744 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9748 have to change the pagebreaking.
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9754 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9757 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9759 \begin_inset space ~
9765 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9768 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9770 \begin_inset space ~
9775 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9777 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9778 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9783 at the top of a page.
9784 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9785 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9786 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9787 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9791 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9806 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9824 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9825 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9826 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9827 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9828 if necessary by adding pages.
9831 \begin_layout Standard
9832 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9835 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9843 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9846 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \begin_inset space ~
9857 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9858 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9861 \begin_layout Subsection
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9875 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9885 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9888 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9890 \begin_inset space ~
9894 \begin_inset space ~
9904 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9907 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9909 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_inset space ~
9918 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9920 This is necessary to avoid
9921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9928 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9931 \begin_layout Standard
9932 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9933 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9934 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9935 set a linebreak, e.g.
9936 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9937 \begin_inset space ~
9941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9943 reference "sec:Quote"
9948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9950 reference "sec:Verse"
9955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9957 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9964 \begin_layout Subsection
9966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9968 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9991 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9993 \begin_inset space ~
9998 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10004 \begin_layout Section
10005 Characters and Symbols
10008 \begin_layout Standard
10009 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10010 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10015 \begin_inset space ~
10018 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10026 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10030 for informations how this is done.
10033 \begin_layout Standard
10034 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10039 dialog via the menu
10041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10042 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10048 \begin_layout Standard
10049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10057 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10058 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10059 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10067 \begin_layout Section
10068 Fonts and Text Styles
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10071 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10078 \begin_layout Subsection
10083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10093 There are two types of fonts:
10096 \begin_layout Description
10098 \begin_inset space ~
10105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10112 characters) in the font.
10113 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10114 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10115 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10116 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10117 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10118 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10119 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10120 provide a good image.
10121 \begin_inset Newline newline
10124 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10125 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10126 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10127 sizes than at small ones.
10128 \begin_inset Newline newline
10142 \begin_inset space ~
10150 \begin_layout Description
10152 \begin_inset space ~
10159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10166 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10167 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10168 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10169 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10170 picture manipulation program.
10171 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10172 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10173 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10174 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10175 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10177 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10178 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10179 \begin_inset Newline newline
10182 Bitmap fonts are named
10185 \begin_inset space ~
10190 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10195 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10196 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10197 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10202 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10203 its document properties.
10206 \begin_layout Standard
10207 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10208 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10209 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10210 font to emphasize text, you use an
10211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10219 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10220 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10224 \begin_layout Subsection
10225 Document Font and Font size
10226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10228 name "sub:Document-Font"
10236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 You can set the document fonts in the
10258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 Document ! Settings
10272 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10273 font shapes roman (serif),
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10288 \begin_layout Standard
10289 The possible options for the font include
10293 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10298 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10320 European Computer Modern
10323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10333 \begin_layout Standard
10342 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10343 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10348 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10351 \begin_inset space ~
10356 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10362 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10363 There are three ways to use one:
10366 \begin_layout Itemize
10367 One way is to use the
10377 Virtual means that it
10378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10389 -glyphs from other fonts.
10390 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 Loading the LaTeX-package
10420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10421 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10426 with the document preamble line
10429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10434 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10438 will fix the guillemet problem.
10443 and that accented characters are not
10447 glyph, they are build of
10451 characters, the accent and the letter.
10452 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10456 fonts for words with accented characters.
10457 If you search for example for the French word
10458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10465 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10474 and not for the glyph
10475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10489 \begin_layout Itemize
10490 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 , consists of these three main font types
10506 \begin_inset space ~
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10541 \begin_inset space ~
10548 as typewriter font.
10549 \begin_inset Newline newline
10552 The differences between roman,
10555 \begin_inset space ~
10564 fonts are explained in section
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10571 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10576 \begin_inset Newline newline
10582 \begin_inset space ~
10587 was originally designed for newspapers.
10588 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10589 into the small newspaper columns.
10593 \begin_inset space ~
10598 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10601 \begin_layout Itemize
10602 The best solution is to use the
10607 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10614 \begin_layout Standard
10615 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10618 For the font size there are four possible values:
10635 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10638 \begin_layout Standard
10639 The font sizes are the
10644 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10645 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10646 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10649 \begin_inset space ~
10655 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10656 \begin_inset space ~
10660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10662 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10674 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10682 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10686 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10687 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10688 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10690 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10693 dialog, see section
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10700 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10712 \begin_layout Subsection
10713 Using Different Character Styles
10717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10738 certain paragraph environments.
10739 LyX supports two character styles,
10748 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10757 style, do one of the following:
10760 \begin_layout Itemize
10761 click on the toolbar button
10762 \begin_inset Graphics
10763 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10770 \begin_layout Itemize
10771 use the key binding
10774 \begin_inset space ~
10780 \begin_layout Standard
10781 These commands are all toggles.
10786 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 One typically uses the
10794 style for proper names.
10796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10803 is the original author of LyX.
10804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10810 \begin_layout Standard
10811 A more widely used character style is the
10816 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10823 \begin_layout Itemize
10824 clicking on the toolbar button
10825 \begin_inset Graphics
10826 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10833 \begin_layout Itemize
10834 using the keybindings
10837 \begin_inset space ~
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10848 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10849 es use a different font.
10852 \begin_layout Standard
10853 We've been using the
10857 style all over the place in this document.
10858 Here's one more example:
10861 \begin_layout Quotation
10864 Don't overuse character styles!
10867 \begin_layout Standard
10868 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10869 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10870 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10871 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10876 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10896 \begin_layout Subsection
10897 Fine-Tuning with the
10902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10904 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10923 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10924 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10925 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10926 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10927 from ordinary dialog.
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10932 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10933 \begin_inset Newline newline
10936 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10937 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10940 \begin_layout Standard
10941 To use custom character styles, open the
10943 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10945 \begin_inset space ~
10951 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10952 font property which you can choose.
10953 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10956 \begin_inset space ~
10961 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10966 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10967 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10968 environments in a snap.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10975 \begin_inset space ~
10987 \begin_layout Labeling
10988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11002 The possible options are:
11006 \begin_layout Labeling
11007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11012 This is the Roman font family.
11013 Normally a serif font.
11014 It's also the default family.
11019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 \begin_inset space ~
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11048 \begin_inset Note Note
11051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11052 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11053 It is explained in section
11054 \begin_inset space ~
11058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11060 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11072 \begin_layout Labeling
11073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11077 \begin_inset space ~
11084 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11103 \begin_inset space ~
11112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11122 \begin_layout Labeling
11123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11130 This is the Typewriter font family.
11137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11149 \begin_inset space ~
11158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11171 \begin_layout Labeling
11172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11177 This corresponds to the print weight.
11182 \begin_layout Labeling
11183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11188 This is the Medium font series.
11189 It's also the default series.
11192 \begin_layout Labeling
11193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11200 This is the Bold font series.
11207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 \begin_inset space ~
11228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_layout Labeling
11240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11245 As the name implies.
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11256 This is the Upright font shape.
11257 It's also the default shape.
11260 \begin_layout Labeling
11261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11275 s the Italic font shape
11281 \begin_layout Labeling
11282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11289 This is the Slanted font shape
11291 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11294 \begin_layout Labeling
11295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11306 This is the Small caps font shape
11313 \begin_layout Labeling
11314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 Alters the size of the font.
11320 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11321 nal to the document font size.
11322 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11323 what you want to do.
11328 \begin_layout Labeling
11329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11363 \begin_inset space ~
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11414 \begin_layout Labeling
11415 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11449 \begin_inset space ~
11458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11468 \begin_layout Labeling
11469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11503 \begin_inset space ~
11512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11535 \begin_inset space ~
11544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11554 \begin_layout Labeling
11555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11589 \begin_inset space ~
11598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11621 \begin_inset space ~
11630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11640 \begin_layout Labeling
11641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11655 It's also the default size.
11660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11704 \begin_inset space ~
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 \begin_inset space ~
11767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11790 \begin_inset space ~
11799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11809 \begin_layout Labeling
11810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11844 \begin_inset space ~
11853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11876 \begin_inset space ~
11885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11895 \begin_layout Labeling
11896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11930 \begin_inset space ~
11939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_inset space ~
11993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12016 \begin_inset space ~
12025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12035 \begin_layout Labeling
12036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12070 \begin_inset space ~
12079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12102 \begin_inset space ~
12111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_layout Standard
12127 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12128 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12129 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12130 - use that instead.
12131 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12134 \begin_layout Labeling
12135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12140 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12145 \begin_layout Labeling
12146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12153 This is text with emphasize on
12156 This might seem like the same as
12160 , but it is actually a bit different.
12166 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12168 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12171 \begin_layout Labeling
12172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12179 This is text with Underbar on.
12186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12217 \begin_inset Newline newline
12222 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12223 when you couldn't change fonts.
12224 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12225 It's only included in LyX because some people
12229 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12232 \begin_layout Labeling
12233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12240 This is text with Noun on.
12247 , this is a logical attribute.
12248 Normally it's equivalent to
12251 \begin_inset space ~
12260 \begin_layout Labeling
12261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12266 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12267 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are are able to display colors.
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12276 , which is the default
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12284 and means normally black, you can choose between
12320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12329 \begin_layout Labeling
12330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12335 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12336 the language of the document.
12337 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12341 \begin_layout Standard
12342 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12343 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12352 dialog, the settings are saved.
12353 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12354 \begin_inset Graphics
12355 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12360 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12361 when the dialog isn't visible.
12365 \begin_layout Standard
12366 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12369 \begin_inset space ~
12375 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12376 (suppose you just set the shape to
12377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12395 \begin_inset space ~
12407 \begin_layout Standard
12408 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12416 \begin_inset space ~
12428 \begin_layout Itemize
12434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12441 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12491 \begin_inset Note Note
12494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12495 For more on phantoms see section
12496 \begin_inset space ~
12500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12502 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12512 \begin_inset Newline newline
12518 \begin_layout Itemize
12523 fonts use characters with serifs.
12524 These are the small
12525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12532 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12533 The following example will show the difference:
12534 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_inset Newline newline
12543 text without serifs
12546 \begin_inset Newline newline
12549 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12550 They are therefore used as default font (named
12557 \begin_layout Itemize
12563 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12564 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12567 \begin_layout Standard
12568 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12569 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12572 \begin_layout Section
12573 Printing and Previewing
12576 \begin_layout Subsection
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12581 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12582 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12583 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12584 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12585 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12588 \begin_inset space ~
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12597 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12598 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12599 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12600 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12601 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12602 This happens in two stages:
12605 \begin_layout Enumerate
12606 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12607 generating a file with the extension,
12608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12622 \begin_layout Enumerate
12623 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12627 file to produce printable output.
12631 \begin_layout Subsection
12632 Output file formats
12636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12645 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12658 File formats ! ASCII
12666 \begin_layout Standard
12667 This file type has the extension
12668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12680 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12684 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12694 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12695 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12707 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 This file type has the extension
12717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12728 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12730 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12731 it manually with console commands.
12732 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12733 you view or export your document.
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12739 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12740 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12771 \begin_layout Standard
12772 This file type has the extension
12773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12793 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12794 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12795 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12797 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12810 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12811 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12816 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12817 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12818 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12819 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12823 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12825 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12826 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12838 File formats ! PostScript
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 This file type has the extension
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 PostScript was developed by the company
12864 as printer language.
12865 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12867 PostScript can be seen as
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12871 programming language
12872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12875 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12880 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12890 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12900 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12908 Encapsulated PostScript
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12912 (EPS, file extension
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12926 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12927 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12928 whenever you view or export your document.
12929 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12930 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12931 EPS to avoid this problem.
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12937 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 This file type has the extension
12970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12986 Portable Document Format
12987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12990 (PDF) is developed by
12994 as derivative from PostScript.
12995 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13005 looks exactly the same.
13008 \begin_layout Standard
13009 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13013 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13017 (JPG, file extension
13018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13045 Portable Network Graphics
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 (PNG, file extension
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13063 in the background to one of these formats.
13064 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13065 will slow down your workflow.
13066 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13069 \begin_layout Standard
13070 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13072 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13075 in three different ways:
13078 \begin_layout Description
13079 PDF This uses the program
13083 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13084 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13088 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13089 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13092 \begin_layout Description
13094 \begin_inset space ~
13097 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13101 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13105 \begin_layout Description
13107 \begin_inset space ~
13110 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13114 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 We recommend to use
13121 \begin_inset space ~
13130 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13136 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13139 \begin_layout Subsection
13144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13155 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13159 and choose a file type.
13160 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13163 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13166 you can use the toolbar button
13167 \begin_inset Graphics
13168 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13178 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13180 \begin_inset space ~
13185 you can use the toolbar button
13186 \begin_inset Graphics
13187 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
13194 \begin_layout Standard
13195 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13196 viewer window using the menu
13198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13204 \begin_layout Standard
13205 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13207 To have a real output, export your document.
13210 \begin_layout Subsection
13211 Printing the File from within LyX
13212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13214 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13221 \begin_layout Standard
13222 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13223 it directly from within LyX.
13224 To print a file, select the menu
13226 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13229 or click on the toolbar button
13230 \begin_inset Graphics
13231 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13236 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13237 This file is then processed by the program
13241 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13246 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13249 \begin_layout Standard
13250 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13251 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13252 printing one set to print on the other side.
13253 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13254 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13255 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13258 \begin_layout Standard
13259 You can set the parameters in the
13262 \begin_inset space ~
13270 \begin_layout Labeling
13271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13276 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13281 Note that this printer name is for the program
13290 has to be configured for this printer name.
13291 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13292 \begin_inset space ~
13296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13298 reference "sub:Printer"
13307 The printer should understand PostScript.
13310 \begin_layout Labeling
13311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13316 The name of a file to print to.
13317 The output will be a PostScript file.
13318 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13322 \begin_layout Section
13323 A few Words about Typography
13327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13336 \begin_layout Subsection
13341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13357 \begin_layout Standard
13359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13370 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13385 \begin_layout Enumerate
13387 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13391 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13409 \begin_layout Enumerate
13411 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13415 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 \begin_layout Enumerate
13448 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13452 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13496 \begin_layout Enumerate
13498 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13502 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13506 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13524 \begin_layout Standard
13525 You generate them by inserting the
13526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13537 character multiple times in a row.
13538 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13539 final output, but not in LyX.
13542 \begin_layout Standard
13543 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13544 math mode and has a length of its own.
13545 Here are some examples of the
13546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13560 \begin_layout Enumerate
13561 line- and page-breaks
13562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13572 \begin_layout Enumerate
13574 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13584 \begin_layout Enumerate
13585 Oh --- there's a dash.
13586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13596 \begin_layout Enumerate
13597 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13611 \begin_layout Subsection
13616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13625 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13632 \begin_layout Standard
13633 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13634 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13643 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13648 following the rules of the document language
13652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13653 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13661 \begin_inset space ~
13665 \begin_inset space ~
13672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13683 \begin_layout Standard
13684 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13689 and with unusual constructs, like
13690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13698 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13699 This is done with the menu
13701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13702 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13704 \begin_inset space ~
13710 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13711 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13714 \begin_layout Standard
13715 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13716 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13717 a hyphen and a space in the form
13718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13726 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13734 as hyphenation possibility.
13735 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13736 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13737 of the LaTeX-box-command
13743 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13744 As LyX doesn't support
13750 , we have to use TeX Code.
13751 The result looks in LyX like:
13754 \begin_layout Standard
13755 \begin_inset Graphics
13756 filename clipart/mbox.png
13763 \begin_layout Standard
13764 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13765 \begin_inset space ~
13769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13771 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13778 \begin_layout Subsection
13783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13793 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13796 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13803 \begin_layout Standard
13804 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13805 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13806 LaTeX then adds the
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 appropriate amount of space
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13817 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13835 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13836 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13839 \begin_layout Standard
13840 Here are some examples of
13844 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13847 \begin_layout Itemize
13852 \begin_layout Itemize
13857 \begin_layout Standard
13858 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13861 \begin_layout Itemize
13864 this is too much space!
13867 \begin_layout Itemize
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13876 \begin_layout Standard
13877 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13880 \begin_layout Enumerate
13884 \begin_inset space ~
13889 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13890 \begin_inset space ~
13894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13896 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13905 Spaces ! inter-word
13913 \begin_layout Enumerate
13917 \begin_inset space ~
13922 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13923 \begin_inset space ~
13927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13929 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13946 \begin_layout Enumerate
13950 \begin_inset space ~
13954 \begin_inset space ~
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13967 \begin_inset space ~
13972 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13973 This function is also bound to
13980 \begin_layout Standard
13981 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13984 \begin_layout Itemize
13986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13990 \begin_inset space \space{}
13993 this is too much space!
13996 \begin_layout Itemize
13997 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14001 \begin_layout Standard
14002 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14003 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14004 LaTeX will care about this.
14007 \begin_layout Standard
14008 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14011 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14013 \begin_inset space ~
14018 feature described in section
14029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14035 Typography ! Quotes
14044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14082 \begin_layout Standard
14083 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14084 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14085 and use a closing quote at the end.
14087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14095 The keyboard character,
14099 , generates this automatically.
14102 \begin_layout Standard
14103 You can change the behavior of the
14107 key using the submenu
14113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14121 Document ! Settings
14129 \begin_layout Standard
14130 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14135 There are six choices:
14138 \begin_layout Labeling
14139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14151 Use quotes like this
14152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14160 \begin_inset Quotes els
14164 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14170 \begin_layout Labeling
14171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14174 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14178 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14184 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14188 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14192 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14198 \begin_layout Labeling
14199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14202 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14206 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14212 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14216 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14220 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14224 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14230 \begin_layout Labeling
14231 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14234 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14238 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14244 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14248 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14252 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14256 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14262 \begin_layout Labeling
14263 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14266 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14270 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14276 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14280 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14284 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14288 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14294 \begin_layout Labeling
14295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14298 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14302 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14308 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14312 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14316 \begin_inset Quotes als
14320 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14326 \begin_layout Standard
14327 These settings affects what character the
14334 \begin_layout Subsection
14339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14340 Typography ! Ligatures
14349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14380 name "sub:Ligatures"
14387 \begin_layout Standard
14388 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14389 print them as single characters.
14390 These groups are known as
14395 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14397 Here are the standard ligatures:
14400 \begin_layout Itemize
14404 \begin_layout Itemize
14408 \begin_layout Itemize
14412 \begin_layout Itemize
14416 \begin_layout Itemize
14420 \begin_layout Standard
14421 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14424 \begin_layout Standard
14425 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14426 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14434 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14450 To break a ligature, use
14452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14453 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14455 \begin_inset space ~
14462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14490 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14498 \begin_layout Subsection
14503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14504 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14512 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14519 \begin_layout Standard
14520 You have surely noticed, that the word
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14528 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14529 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14530 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14550 \begin_inset Note Note
14553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14554 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14563 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14568 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14572 \begin_layout Description
14573 LyX The name of the game, write
14574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14595 \begin_layout Description
14596 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14618 \begin_layout Description
14619 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14641 \begin_layout Description
14642 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14664 \begin_layout Standard
14665 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14670 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14678 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14679 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14680 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14683 : The actual version is
14684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14691 , the previous one was
14692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14702 \begin_layout Standard
14703 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14704 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14706 This will look in LyX like:
14707 \begin_inset Graphics
14708 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14713 \begin_inset Newline newline
14716 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14717 \begin_inset space ~
14721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14723 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14730 \begin_layout Subsection
14735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14745 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14746 space between two words.
14747 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14757 for units use the menu
14759 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14760 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14762 \begin_inset space ~
14774 \begin_layout Standard
14775 Here's an example to show the differences:
14778 \begin_layout Standard
14779 \begin_inset Tabular
14780 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14782 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14783 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14790 \begin_inset space ~
14794 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14806 space between number and unit
14813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14822 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14834 half space between number and unit
14847 \begin_layout Subsection
14852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14853 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14869 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14871 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14872 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14873 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14874 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14875 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14876 These bits of text became known as
14887 \begin_layout Standard
14888 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14889 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14890 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14891 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14892 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14893 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14894 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14897 \begin_layout Standard
14898 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14899 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14900 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14901 \begin_inset space ~
14905 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14907 key "latexcompanion"
14912 \begin_inset space ~
14916 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14922 ] may have more information.
14923 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14926 \begin_layout Chapter
14927 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14930 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14938 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14943 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14946 \begin_layout Section
14951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14967 \begin_layout Standard
14968 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14971 \begin_layout Description
14973 \begin_inset space ~
14976 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14977 \begin_inset Newline newline
14981 \begin_inset Note Note
14984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14985 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14993 \begin_layout Description
14994 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14995 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14997 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14998 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14999 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15002 \begin_inset Newline newline
15006 \begin_inset Note Comment
15009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15010 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15018 \begin_layout Description
15020 \begin_inset space ~
15023 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15024 \begin_inset Newline newline
15028 \begin_inset Newline newline
15032 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15041 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15042 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15043 How this can be done is explained in the
15052 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15058 \begin_inset Newline newline
15062 \begin_inset Newline newline
15065 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15066 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15069 \begin_layout Description
15070 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
15072 \begin_inset Box Framed
15081 height_special "totalheight"
15084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15085 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
15090 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
15091 \begin_inset space ~
15095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15097 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
15101 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
15105 \begin_layout Description
15106 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
15107 \begin_inset Box Shaded
15116 height_special "totalheight"
15119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15120 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
15125 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
15126 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
15129 \begin_layout Standard
15130 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15131 \begin_inset Graphics
15132 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15134 scaleBeforeRotation
15140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15144 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15147 \begin_layout Section
15152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15161 name "sec:Footnotes"
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15169 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15175 or the toolbar button
15176 \begin_inset Graphics
15177 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15190 \begin_inset Graphics
15191 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15201 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15230 label, the box will
15234 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15235 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15248 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15264 \begin_layout Standard
15265 Here's an example footnote:
15273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15274 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
15282 \begin_layout Standard
15283 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15284 position where the footnote box is placed.
15285 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15286 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15287 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15288 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15289 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15294 ey are described in the
15301 \begin_layout Section
15306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15315 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15322 \begin_layout Standard
15323 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15324 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15328 \begin_inset space ~
15333 or the toolbar button
15334 \begin_inset Graphics
15335 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15362 appearing within your text.
15363 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15372 \begin_layout Standard
15373 At the side is an example marginal note.
15377 \begin_inset Marginal
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15381 This is a marginal note.
15389 \begin_layout Standard
15390 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15391 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15392 pages, right on odd pages.
15395 \begin_layout Section
15396 Graphics and Images
15400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15419 name "sec:Graphics"
15426 \begin_layout Standard
15427 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15428 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15429 \begin_inset Graphics
15430 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15440 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15443 \begin_layout Standard
15444 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15449 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15450 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15451 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15453 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15454 \begin_inset space ~
15458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15460 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15467 \begin_layout Standard
15472 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15473 of the image in the output.
15474 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15478 \begin_inset space ~
15482 \begin_inset space ~
15491 \begin_inset space ~
15495 \begin_inset space ~
15499 \begin_inset space ~
15504 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15505 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15513 \begin_layout Standard
15514 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15519 You can also set the
15523 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15524 This option is explained in section
15525 \begin_inset space ~
15529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15531 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15544 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15545 image size is printed.
15548 \begin_layout Standard
15549 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15550 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15552 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15553 centered paragraph:
15556 \begin_layout Standard
15558 \begin_inset Graphics
15559 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15561 rotateOrigin center
15568 \begin_layout Standard
15569 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15570 the image into a float, see section
15571 \begin_inset space ~
15575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15577 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15584 \begin_layout Subsection
15589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15598 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15605 \begin_layout Standard
15606 You can insert images in any known file format.
15607 But as we explained in section
15608 \begin_inset space ~
15612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15614 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15618 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15619 LyX uses therefore the program
15623 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15624 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15625 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15626 \begin_inset space ~
15630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15632 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15639 \begin_layout Standard
15640 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15643 \begin_layout Description
15645 \begin_inset space ~
15648 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15649 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15650 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15654 Graphics Interchange Format
15655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15658 (GIF, file extension
15659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15706 Portable Network Graphics
15707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15710 (PNG, file extension
15711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15758 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15762 (JPG, file extension
15763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15821 \begin_layout Description
15823 \begin_inset space ~
15826 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15828 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15829 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15830 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15831 \begin_inset Newline newline
15834 Scalable image formats can be
15835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15838 Scalable Vector Graphics
15839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15842 (SVG, file extension
15843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15890 Encapsulated PostScript
15891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15894 (EPS, file extension
15895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15942 Portable Document Format
15943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15946 (PDF, file extension
15947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15969 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15970 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15971 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15986 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15990 \begin_layout Section
15995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16011 \begin_layout Standard
16012 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16013 \begin_inset Graphics
16014 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16025 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16026 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16027 from the rest of the table.
16028 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16029 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16031 Here's an example table:
16034 \begin_layout Standard
16036 \begin_inset Tabular
16037 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16242 \begin_layout Subsection
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16247 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16248 brings up the table dialog.
16249 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16250 where the cursor is placed currently.
16251 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16252 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16253 done on all of your selection.
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16257 Additionally to the table dialog the
16260 \begin_inset space ~
16265 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16267 It is for example currently only possible to add
16268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16275 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16278 \begin_layout Standard
16282 \begin_inset space ~
16287 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16288 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16289 current cell respectively.
16290 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16292 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16293 of text, see section
16294 \begin_inset space ~
16298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16300 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16308 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16314 This will merge the cells to
16318 cell, spread over more than one column.
16319 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16320 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16321 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16322 in the last row without the upper border:
16325 \begin_layout Standard
16327 \begin_inset Tabular
16328 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16329 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16331 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16429 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16464 \begin_layout Standard
16465 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16466 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16467 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16468 explained in the tables section of the
16471 \begin_inset space ~
16477 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16478 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16481 degrees counterclockwise.
16482 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16485 \begin_layout Standard
16486 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16494 Most DVI-viewers are
16498 able to display rotations.
16506 \begin_layout Standard
16511 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16516 adds lines for all cell borders.
16519 \begin_layout Subsection
16524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16525 Tables ! Longtables
16534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 \begin_layout Standard
16544 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16547 \begin_inset space ~
16551 \begin_inset space ~
16560 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16561 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16564 \begin_layout Description
16569 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16570 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16571 except for the first page, if
16574 \begin_inset space ~
16582 \begin_layout Description
16586 \begin_inset space ~
16591 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16592 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16595 \begin_layout Description
16600 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16601 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16602 except for the last page, if
16605 \begin_inset space ~
16613 \begin_layout Description
16617 \begin_inset space ~
16622 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16623 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16627 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16628 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16629 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16630 The others will then be defined as
16635 In this context, first means first in this order:
16638 \begin_inset space ~
16650 \begin_inset space ~
16656 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16659 \begin_layout Standard
16661 \begin_inset Tabular
16662 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16663 <features islongtable="true">
16664 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16665 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16666 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16667 <row endfirsthead="true">
16668 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16674 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16679 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16698 <row endfirsthead="true">
16699 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <row endhead="true">
16732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16743 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 <row endhead="true">
16763 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16795 <row endfoot="true">
16796 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16847 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18406 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18437 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18561 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <row endlastfoot="true">
18778 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18798 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 \begin_layout Subsection
18820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18829 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18836 \begin_layout Standard
18837 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18838 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18839 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18840 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18844 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18845 for the cell's paragraph.
18848 \begin_layout Standard
18849 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18850 for the column in the table dialog.
18851 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18852 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18856 \begin_layout Standard
18858 \begin_inset Tabular
18859 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18862 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18952 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19008 This is longer now.
19013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19065 This is longer now.
19070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19096 \begin_layout Standard
19097 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19098 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19099 Selection with the mouse or with
19103 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19104 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19105 the selection from outside the table.
19108 \begin_layout Section
19113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19129 \begin_layout Standard
19130 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19131 have a fixed location.
19133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19140 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19148 \begin_inset space ~
19153 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19154 too much notes at the page.
19157 \begin_layout Standard
19158 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19159 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19160 and pages without text.
19161 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19162 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19163 Floats are therefore numbered.
19164 Referencing is described in section
19165 \begin_inset space ~
19169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19171 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19178 \begin_layout Standard
19179 To insert a float, use the menu
19181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19185 A box with a caption that has e.
19186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19190 \begin_inset space ~
19194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19198 \begin_inset space ~
19202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19205 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19206 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19208 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19219 paragraph within the float.
19220 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19221 by left-clicking on the box label.
19222 A closed float box looks like this:
19223 \begin_inset Graphics
19224 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19229 -- a gray button with a red label.
19232 \begin_layout Standard
19233 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19234 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19237 \begin_layout Subsection
19241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 Floats ! Figure floats
19253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19255 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19262 \begin_layout Standard
19265 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19266 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19269 inserts a float with the label
19270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19276 \begin_inset space ~
19282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19286 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19287 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19288 This is what we did for Figure
19289 \begin_inset space ~
19293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19295 reference "cap:Platypus"
19300 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19301 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19302 This was done in Figure
19303 \begin_inset space ~
19307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19309 reference "cap:Escher"
19316 \begin_layout Standard
19317 \begin_inset Float figure
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19324 \begin_inset Graphics
19325 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19327 rotateOrigin center
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 \begin_inset Caption
19337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19340 name "cap:Platypus"
19344 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19357 \begin_layout Standard
19358 \begin_inset Float figure
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19364 \begin_inset Caption
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 \begin_inset Graphics
19385 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19387 rotateOrigin center
19399 \begin_layout Standard
19400 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19402 As described in section
19403 \begin_inset space ~
19407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19409 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19413 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19418 and refer to it using the menu
19420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19424 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19433 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19445 \begin_layout Standard
19446 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19447 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19448 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19449 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19451 \begin_inset space ~
19455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19457 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19461 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19462 You can also set the images one below the other.
19464 \begin_inset space ~
19468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19470 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19477 reference "fig:Platypus"
19481 are the subfigures.
19484 \begin_layout Standard
19485 \begin_inset Float figure
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19491 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19495 \begin_inset Float figure
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 \begin_inset Caption
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19506 name "fig:Undefinable"
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 \begin_inset Graphics
19520 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19531 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19535 \begin_inset Float figure
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19541 \begin_inset Caption
19543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19546 name "fig:Platypus"
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 \begin_inset Graphics
19560 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19572 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 \begin_inset Caption
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19584 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19588 Two distorted images.
19601 \begin_layout Standard
19602 Note that the caption is added to the
19605 \begin_inset space ~
19609 \begin_inset space ~
19614 as described in section
19615 \begin_inset space ~
19619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19621 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19628 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 Floats ! Table floats
19640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19642 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19649 \begin_layout Standard
19650 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19653 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19657 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19660 \begin_inset space ~
19664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19666 reference "cap:Table-float"
19670 is an example of a table float.
19673 \begin_layout Standard
19674 \begin_inset Float table
19679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 \begin_inset Caption
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19685 name "cap:Table-float"
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 \begin_inset Tabular
19700 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19831 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19852 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19854 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19910 \begin_layout Standard
19911 This float type is inserted with the menu
19913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19914 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19918 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19919 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19923 , described in section
19924 \begin_inset space ~
19928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19930 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19937 \begin_layout Standard
19938 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19952 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19955 \begin_layout Standard
19960 floatname{algorithm}{your
19961 \begin_inset space ~
19967 \begin_layout Standard
19968 to the document preamble (menu
19970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19977 \begin_inset space ~
19983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19997 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20003 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20011 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20018 \begin_layout Standard
20019 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20027 \begin_inset Graphics
20028 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20030 rotateOrigin center
20037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20038 \begin_inset Caption
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20043 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20047 This is a wrapped figure.
20048 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20061 This float type is used if you want to
20062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20069 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20071 It can be inserted using the menu
20073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20074 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20076 \begin_inset space ~
20081 if the LaTeX-package
20089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20100 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20103 \begin_inset space ~
20113 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20116 \begin_inset space ~
20120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20122 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20126 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 Available units are explained in Appendix
20136 \begin_inset space ~
20140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20142 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20151 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20155 \begin_layout Standard
20156 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20165 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20166 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20167 over some other text.
20175 \begin_layout Itemize
20176 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20177 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20178 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20179 breaks will appear.
20182 \begin_layout Itemize
20183 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20184 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20187 \begin_layout Itemize
20188 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20189 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20192 \begin_layout Itemize
20193 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20196 \begin_layout Subsection
20198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20200 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20217 \begin_layout Standard
20218 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20219 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20223 \begin_inset space ~
20231 \begin_layout Standard
20232 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
20233 a two-column document).
20234 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20235 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20243 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20244 format is also the same: Table
20245 \begin_inset space ~
20249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20251 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20255 is an example of a rotated table float.
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 \begin_inset Float table
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 \begin_inset Caption
20284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20287 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20301 \begin_inset Tabular
20302 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 \begin_layout Subsection
20370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20372 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20390 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20391 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20392 \begin_inset Newline newline
20398 \begin_inset space ~
20403 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20404 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20406 \begin_inset Newline newline
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20417 is used to rotate floats, see section
20418 \begin_inset space ~
20422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20424 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20431 \begin_layout Standard
20432 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20433 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20436 \begin_inset space ~
20440 \begin_inset space ~
20448 \begin_layout Description
20450 \begin_inset space ~
20454 \begin_inset space ~
20457 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20460 \begin_layout Description
20462 \begin_inset space ~
20466 \begin_inset space ~
20469 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20472 \begin_layout Description
20474 \begin_inset space ~
20478 \begin_inset space ~
20481 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20484 \begin_layout Description
20486 \begin_inset space ~
20490 \begin_inset space ~
20493 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20496 \begin_layout Standard
20497 The order of the above option is
20502 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20506 \begin_inset space ~
20510 \begin_inset space ~
20518 \begin_inset space ~
20522 \begin_inset space ~
20527 , and then the others.
20528 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20530 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20531 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20534 \begin_layout Standard
20535 By default, each options has its own rules:
20538 \begin_layout Standard
20542 \begin_inset space ~
20546 \begin_inset space ~
20551 only floats occupying less than 70
20552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20555 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20558 \begin_layout Standard
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20571 : only floats occupying less than 30
20572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20575 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20582 \begin_inset space ~
20586 \begin_inset space ~
20591 : only if more than 50
20592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20595 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20599 \begin_layout Standard
20600 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20604 \begin_inset space ~
20608 \begin_inset space ~
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20617 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20618 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20619 For this case you can use the option
20622 \begin_inset space ~
20628 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20630 Because the float is then no longer able to
20631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20638 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20641 \begin_layout Standard
20642 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20643 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20647 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20649 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20651 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20658 \begin_layout Section
20663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20672 name "sec:Minipages"
20679 \begin_layout Standard
20680 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20682 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20683 \begin_inset space ~
20690 \begin_layout Standard
20691 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20693 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20697 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20698 and its alignment within the page.
20701 \begin_layout Standard
20703 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20712 height_special "totalheight"
20715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20718 This is a minipage.
20719 The text is set in an italic style.
20722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20725 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20726 another formatting.
20734 \begin_layout Standard
20735 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20738 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20742 as described in section
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20749 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20754 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20760 \begin_layout Standard
20761 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20770 height_special "totalheight"
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20774 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20775 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20781 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20785 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20794 height_special "totalheight"
20797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20798 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20799 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20807 \begin_layout Standard
20808 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20814 \begin_layout Standard
20815 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20816 to other box types.
20817 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20828 \begin_layout Chapter
20829 Mathematical Formulas
20833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20874 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20881 \begin_layout Standard
20882 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20887 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20890 \begin_layout Section
20895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20904 \begin_layout Standard
20905 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20906 \begin_inset Graphics
20907 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20912 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20914 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20915 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20916 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20925 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20929 \begin_inset space ~
20934 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20939 line, like this one:
20942 \begin_layout Standard
20943 This is a line with an inline formula
20944 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20950 \begin_layout Standard
20951 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20953 \begin_inset Formula \[
20958 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20961 \begin_layout Standard
20962 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20978 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20979 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20983 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20986 \begin_inset space ~
20994 \begin_layout Subsection
20995 Navigating in Formulas
20999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21010 achieved with the arrow keys.
21011 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21012 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21017 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21018 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21022 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21026 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21028 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21036 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21041 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21042 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21045 \begin_layout Standard
21050 , printed in this document as
21051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21072 \begin_inset Note Note
21075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21076 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21077 space character (visible space).
21082 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21083 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21084 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21089 For example, if you want
21090 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21144 , since in the latter case only the
21147 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21152 will be under the square root sign:
21153 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21159 \begin_layout Standard
21160 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21162 \begin_inset Formula \[
21163 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21166 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21170 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21171 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21174 \begin_layout Subsection
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21179 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21180 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21184 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21185 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21186 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21187 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21188 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21191 \begin_layout Subsection
21192 Exponents and Subscripts
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21215 \begin_layout Standard
21216 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21217 way is to use a command.
21219 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21222 , type in a formula
21228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21244 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21250 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21254 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21275 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21284 , you have to use an extra
21288 to separate the hat and the character.
21291 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21312 Subscripts are similar: To get
21313 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21336 \begin_layout Subsection
21341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21350 \begin_layout Standard
21351 Create a fraction with either the command
21358 \begin_inset Graphics
21359 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21367 \begin_inset space ~
21373 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21374 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21375 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21380 To move back up, press
21385 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21386 \begin_inset Formula \[
21387 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21389 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21396 \begin_layout Subsection
21401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21410 \begin_layout Standard
21411 Roots can be created using the
21414 \begin_inset space ~
21420 \begin_inset Graphics
21421 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21444 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21450 produces always a square root.
21453 \begin_layout Subsection
21454 Operators with Limits
21458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21477 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21484 \begin_layout Standard
21486 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21490 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21493 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21494 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21495 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21496 The sum operator will automatically place its
21497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21504 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21507 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21511 \begin_inset Formula \[
21512 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21516 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21520 \begin_layout Standard
21521 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21523 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21524 behind the operator and hitting
21530 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21531 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21533 \begin_inset space ~
21537 \begin_inset space ~
21545 \begin_layout Standard
21546 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21554 feature as addition, such as
21558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21565 \begin_inset Formula \[
21566 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21570 which will place the
21571 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21583 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21584 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21590 \begin_layout Standard
21591 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21598 Have a look at section
21599 \begin_inset space ~
21603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21605 reference "sub:Functions"
21609 for an explanation of function macros.
21612 \begin_layout Subsection
21617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21626 \begin_layout Standard
21627 Most math symbols can be found in the
21630 \begin_inset space ~
21635 under one of several categories; including
21652 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21657 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21658 you don't have to use the
21661 \begin_inset space ~
21666 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21667 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21670 \begin_layout Subsection
21675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21682 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21684 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21691 \begin_layout Standard
21692 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21701 \begin_inset space ~
21707 \begin_inset Graphics
21708 filename ../images/math/space.png
21713 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21714 Here a example for the sequence
21719 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21723 \begin_inset Graphics
21724 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21729 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21730 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21731 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21732 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21737 \begin_layout Standard
21747 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21753 \begin_layout Standard
21763 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21769 \begin_layout Subsection
21774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21783 name "sub:Functions"
21790 \begin_layout Standard
21794 \begin_inset space ~
21799 contains under the button
21800 \begin_inset Graphics
21801 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21805 a number of functions, such as
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21810 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21818 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21825 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21826 avoid confusions, because
21827 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21831 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21837 \begin_layout Standard
21838 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21840 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21844 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21850 \begin_layout Standard
21851 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21852 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21853 \begin_inset space ~
21857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21859 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21866 \begin_layout Subsection
21871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21880 \begin_layout Standard
21881 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21883 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21884 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21886 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21889 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21890 Our example is entered by typing
21898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21911 \begin_inset space ~
21915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21917 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21921 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21925 \begin_inset Float table
21930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21931 \begin_inset Caption
21933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21936 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21940 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21950 \begin_inset Tabular
21951 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22039 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22093 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22147 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22201 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22255 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22309 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22363 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22417 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22471 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22516 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22537 \begin_layout Standard
22538 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22541 \begin_inset space ~
22547 \begin_inset Graphics
22548 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22552 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22556 \begin_layout Section
22557 Brackets and Delimiters
22561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22580 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22587 \begin_layout Standard
22588 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22589 For most purposes, using just the keys
22594 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22595 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22598 \begin_inset space ~
22604 \begin_inset Graphics
22605 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22610 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22612 \begin_inset Formula \[
22613 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22615 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22619 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22620 \begin_inset Formula \[
22621 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22629 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22630 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22635 left side and right side.
22636 If you use the option
22639 \begin_inset space ~
22644 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22645 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22646 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22647 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22650 \begin_layout Standard
22651 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22652 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22653 inside the brackets.
22654 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22659 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22662 \begin_layout Standard
22663 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22674 \begin_layout Section
22679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22688 name "sec:Grouping"
22695 \begin_layout Standard
22696 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22697 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22708 \begin_layout Standard
22709 \begin_inset Formula \[
22710 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22717 \begin_layout Standard
22718 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22733 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22734 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22735 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22738 \begin_layout Section
22739 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22764 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22772 \begin_layout Standard
22773 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22776 \begin_inset space ~
22782 \begin_inset Graphics
22783 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22788 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22789 Here is an example:
22790 \begin_inset Formula \[
22791 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22794 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22798 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22799 \begin_inset space ~
22803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22805 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22810 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22811 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22812 This alignment is set in the box
22817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22865 for every column as default.
22866 For example, the sequence
22867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22878 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22879 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22880 corresponds to the relevant column.
22881 The result will look like this:
22882 \begin_inset Formula \[
22884 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22885 column & has & has\, right\\
22886 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22893 \begin_layout Standard
22894 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22898 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22899 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22901 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22907 \begin_layout Standard
22908 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22909 It can be created with the menu
22911 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22912 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22914 \begin_inset space ~
22927 \begin_inset Formula \[
22931 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22938 \begin_layout Standard
22939 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22942 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22950 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22959 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22967 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22968 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22969 A new row is created by every further hit of
22977 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22978 Here is an example:
22979 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22980 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22981 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22985 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22986 where you want to start the shift and hit
22991 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22992 position to the next column.
22993 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22994 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22995 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22996 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23003 \begin_layout Standard
23004 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23011 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23012 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23015 reference "eq:asquared"
23020 The other types are described in section
23021 \begin_inset space ~
23025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23027 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23034 \begin_layout Section
23035 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23040 Math ! Formula numbering
23049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23050 Math ! Referencing formulas
23056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23058 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23065 \begin_layout Standard
23066 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23069 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23071 \begin_inset space ~
23079 \begin_inset space ~
23085 The formula number appears in LyX as
23086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23093 within parentheses.
23095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23102 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23104 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23105 the document class.
23106 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23107 separated by a dot:
23108 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23109 1+1=2\end{equation}
23116 \begin_inset space ~
23121 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23122 You can only number displayed formulas.
23125 \begin_layout Standard
23126 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23128 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23129 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23131 \begin_inset space ~
23135 \begin_inset space ~
23139 \begin_inset space ~
23147 \begin_inset space ~
23152 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23153 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23155 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23156 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23160 To number all lines use the shortcut
23163 \begin_inset space ~
23171 \begin_layout Standard
23172 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23175 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23176 A label is inserted with the menu
23178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23181 when the cursor is in the formula.
23182 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23183 It is recommended to use the proposed
23184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23195 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23196 type when you have many labels in your document.
23197 We inserted in the following example the label
23198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23205 in the second line:
23206 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23207 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23208 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23212 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23213 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23223 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23227 \begin_inset space ~
23233 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23234 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23235 as the formula number:
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23239 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23242 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23249 \begin_layout Standard
23250 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23251 \begin_inset space ~
23255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23257 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23262 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23265 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23268 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23273 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23281 \begin_layout Section
23282 User defined math macros
23286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23295 name "sec:math-macros"
23302 \begin_layout Standard
23303 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23304 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23305 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23307 \begin_inset Newline newline
23310 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23311 \begin_inset Formula \[
23312 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23316 The general form of its solution is:
23317 \begin_inset Formula \[
23318 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23325 \begin_layout Standard
23326 The macro should print the parameters
23327 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23331 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23335 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23338 like in the equation above.
23341 \begin_layout Standard
23342 A macro is created by executing the command
23345 \begin_layout Standard
23352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23375 \begin_inset space ~
23379 \begin_inset space ~
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23387 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23388 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23389 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23393 \begin_layout Standard
23394 We have three arguments and name the macro
23395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23402 , so that the command is:
23405 \begin_layout Standard
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 \begin_layout Standard
23438 This results in the following macro definition box:
23439 \begin_inset Graphics
23440 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23445 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23446 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23447 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23451 \begin_inset Note Note
23454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23455 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23456 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23464 \begin_layout Standard
23465 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23466 the math panel or commands.
23467 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23468 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23479 for the first argument.
23480 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23481 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23482 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23483 in LyX with its full size.
23484 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23485 In our example we insert the sequence
23486 \begin_inset Newline newline
23514 \begin_inset Newline newline
23519 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23522 \begin_layout Standard
23523 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23538 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23541 \begin_layout Standard
23543 \begin_inset Graphics
23544 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23551 \begin_layout Standard
23552 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23553 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23554 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23555 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23556 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23559 \begin_layout Standard
23560 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23561 to the new definition.
23562 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23563 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23567 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23571 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23575 \begin_inset Formula \[
23583 \begin_layout Standard
23584 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23588 \begin_layout Standard
23602 \begin_inset Newline newline
23609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23635 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23638 \begin_layout Standard
23639 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23640 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23641 definition box in your document.
23642 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23644 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23646 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23651 \begin_layout Section
23655 \begin_layout Subsection
23660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23669 \begin_layout Standard
23670 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23671 To set a font in a formula, use the
23674 \begin_inset space ~
23680 \begin_inset Graphics
23681 filename ../images/math/font.png
23685 , or enter its command, listed in table
23686 \begin_inset space ~
23690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23692 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23699 \begin_layout Standard
23700 \begin_inset Float table
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 \begin_inset Caption
23708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23711 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23715 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23725 \begin_inset Tabular
23726 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23728 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23788 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23815 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23875 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23902 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23936 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23963 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23997 \begin_layout Standard
23998 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24006 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24022 \begin_layout Standard
24023 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24024 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24029 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24030 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24031 Here an example where a
24032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24043 denotes the set of numbers:
24044 \begin_inset Formula \[
24045 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24052 \begin_layout Standard
24053 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24064 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24068 \begin_inset Newline newline
24071 So better don't use this feature.
24074 \begin_layout Standard
24075 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24076 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24080 \begin_inset Newline newline
24083 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24089 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24090 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24096 \begin_layout Standard
24103 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24106 \begin_layout Standard
24107 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24110 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24112 \begin_inset space ~
24120 \begin_layout Subsection
24125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24134 \begin_layout Standard
24135 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24137 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24141 \begin_inset space ~
24145 \begin_inset space ~
24153 \begin_inset space ~
24159 \begin_inset Graphics
24160 filename ../images/math/font.png
24164 (alternatively the shortcut
24167 \begin_inset space ~
24173 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24174 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24175 Here is an example:
24176 \begin_inset Formula \[
24178 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24179 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24186 \begin_layout Subsection
24191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24200 \begin_layout Standard
24201 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24202 automatically chosen in most situations.
24220 For most characters,
24228 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24229 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24234 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24235 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24236 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24237 \begin_inset Graphics
24238 filename ../images/math/style.png
24243 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24244 For example, you can set
24245 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24248 , which is normally in
24257 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24261 The four styles are used in the following example:
24264 \begin_layout Standard
24265 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24269 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24273 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24277 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24284 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24285 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24289 \begin_inset space ~
24294 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24295 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24296 will be adjusted to correspond.
24297 As example a formula in the font size
24298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24308 \begin_layout Standard
24312 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24318 \begin_layout Section
24322 \begin_layout Standard
24323 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24324 the document classes and into layout modules.
24328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24334 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24335 other than the AMS classes.
24337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24339 reference "sub:Modules"
24343 for more on layout modules.
24346 \begin_layout Section
24351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24370 \begin_layout Standard
24371 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24372 (AMS) that are in common use.
24375 \begin_layout Subsection
24376 Enabling AMS-Support
24379 \begin_layout Standard
24380 Selecting the checkbox
24383 \begin_inset space ~
24387 \begin_inset space ~
24391 \begin_inset space ~
24398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24406 Document ! Settings
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24419 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24421 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24422 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24425 \begin_layout Subsection
24427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24429 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24438 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24447 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24448 LyX allows you to choose between
24469 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24472 \begin_layout Chapter
24476 \begin_layout Section
24481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24490 name "sec:Cross-References"
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24498 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24499 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24501 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24502 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24503 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24506 \begin_layout Enumerate
24510 \begin_layout Enumerate
24511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24513 name "enu:Second-item"
24520 \begin_layout Enumerate
24524 \begin_layout Standard
24525 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24530 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24531 \begin_inset Graphics
24532 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24538 A grey label box like this:
24539 \begin_inset Graphics
24540 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24545 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24546 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24581 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24582 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24597 \begin_layout Standard
24598 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24603 or the toolbar button
24604 \begin_inset Graphics
24605 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24611 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24612 \begin_inset Graphics
24613 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24618 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24620 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24633 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24635 Here is our cross-reference:
24638 \begin_layout Standard
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24646 reference "enu:Second-item"
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 It is recommended to use a protected space
24658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24659 described in section
24660 \begin_inset space ~
24664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24666 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24675 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24679 \begin_layout Standard
24680 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24683 \begin_layout Description
24684 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24687 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24694 \begin_layout Description
24695 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24696 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24708 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24715 \begin_layout Description
24716 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24717 \begin_inset space ~
24721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24722 LatexCommand pageref
24723 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24730 \begin_layout Description
24732 \begin_inset space ~
24736 \begin_inset space ~
24739 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24741 LatexCommand vpageref
24742 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24749 \begin_layout Description
24751 \begin_inset space ~
24755 \begin_inset space ~
24759 \begin_inset space ~
24762 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24766 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24773 \begin_layout Description
24775 \begin_inset space ~
24778 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24779 \begin_inset Newline newline
24783 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24791 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24800 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24814 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24815 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24821 \begin_inset space ~
24825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24839 \begin_layout Standard
24840 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24841 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24842 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24846 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24850 \begin_layout Standard
24851 You can only use the style
24855 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24859 is always possible.
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24864 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24865 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24866 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24867 \begin_inset space ~
24871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24873 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24884 \begin_inset space ~
24888 \begin_inset space ~
24893 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24894 The button text changes then to
24897 \begin_inset space ~
24902 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24903 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24904 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24908 \begin_layout Standard
24909 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24910 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24911 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24916 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24919 \begin_layout Standard
24920 References are described in detail in the
24927 \begin_layout Section
24928 Table of Contents and other Listings
24932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24958 \begin_layout Subsection
24960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24962 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24969 \begin_layout Standard
24970 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24973 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24975 \begin_inset space ~
24979 \begin_inset space ~
24985 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24986 If you click on it, the
24990 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24991 sections in your documents.
24992 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24994 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24997 that is described in sec.
24998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25004 reference "sec:Navigating"
25011 \begin_layout Standard
25012 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25013 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25015 \begin_inset space ~
25019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25021 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25025 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25027 \begin_inset space ~
25031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25033 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25037 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25039 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25042 \begin_layout Subsection
25043 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25046 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25054 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25055 You can insert them via the
25057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25059 \begin_inset space ~
25063 \begin_inset space ~
25069 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25072 \begin_layout Section
25073 URLs and Hyperlinks
25077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25103 \begin_layout Subsection
25107 \begin_layout Standard
25108 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25116 \begin_layout Standard
25117 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25118 \begin_inset Flex URL
25121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25131 \begin_layout Standard
25132 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25138 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25142 \begin_layout Standard
25143 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25151 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25159 \begin_layout Subsection
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25164 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25166 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25169 or with the toolbar button
25170 \begin_inset Graphics
25171 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25177 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25186 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25187 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25188 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25190 name "LyX's homepage"
25191 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25195 , an Email address like this:
25196 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25198 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25199 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25204 , or a link to a file.
25207 \begin_layout Standard
25208 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25221 to the link target.
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25225 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25226 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25227 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25228 the text style dialog.
25229 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25233 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25235 name "LyX's homepage"
25236 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25243 \begin_layout Standard
25244 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25248 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25250 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25251 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25255 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25257 \begin_inset Newline newline
25265 \begin_inset Newline newline
25272 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25275 \begin_layout Section
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25289 name "sec:Appendices"
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 Appendices are created with the menu
25299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25301 \begin_inset space ~
25305 \begin_inset space ~
25311 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25312 as appendix region.
25313 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25316 \begin_layout Standard
25317 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25318 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25319 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25320 and the subsection number.
25321 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25327 \begin_inset space ~
25331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25333 reference "cha:Credits"
25338 \begin_inset space ~
25342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25344 reference "sub:Export"
25351 \begin_layout Section
25356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25365 name "sec:Bibliography"
25372 \begin_layout Standard
25373 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25374 You can include a bibliography database
25378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25379 Known under the name
25380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25392 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25394 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25398 , described in section
25399 \begin_inset space ~
25403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25405 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25417 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25419 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25428 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25430 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25439 , a short form of its title, as key.
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25443 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25448 or the toolbar button
25449 \begin_inset Graphics
25450 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25451 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25456 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25457 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25458 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25459 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25464 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25465 with surrounding brackets.
25470 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25471 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25483 \begin_layout Standard
25486 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25489 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25491 key "latexcompanion"
25498 \begin_layout Standard
25499 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25500 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25509 \begin_layout Subsection
25510 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25515 Bibliography ! Databases
25524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25525 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25533 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25540 \begin_layout Standard
25541 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25543 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25545 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25546 your working field in a database.
25547 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25548 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25551 \begin_layout Standard
25552 The database is a text file with the file extension
25553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25564 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25565 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25566 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25568 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25573 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25575 \begin_inset Newline newline
25579 \begin_inset Flex URL
25582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25584 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25590 \begin_inset Newline newline
25593 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25596 \begin_layout Standard
25597 To use a database, use the menu
25599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25604 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25617 \begin_inset space ~
25623 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25624 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25628 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25640 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25641 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25642 take care of the layout.
25645 \begin_layout Standard
25646 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25650 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25656 \begin_layout Standard
25657 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25659 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25693 \begin_inset space ~
25699 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25707 \begin_layout Standard
25708 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25714 \begin_layout Standard
25715 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25716 the two methods of creating them.
25717 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25718 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25719 We used the style file
25723 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25726 \begin_layout Subsection
25727 Bibliography layout
25731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25732 Bibliography ! Layout
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25741 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25742 For this feature you need to use the option
25748 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25756 Document ! Settings
25766 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25767 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25768 in the previous section.
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25773 in the citation reference window.
25774 Here an example where we set the text
25775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25779 \begin_inset space ~
25783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25786 to appear after the reference:
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25794 key "latexcompanion"
25801 \begin_layout Section
25806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25823 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25827 \begin_inset space ~
25832 or the toolbar button
25833 \begin_inset Graphics
25834 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25835 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25852 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25853 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25854 by LyX as index entry.
25857 \begin_layout Standard
25858 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25859 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25861 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25863 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25870 \begin_layout Standard
25871 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25875 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25879 \begin_inset space ~
25883 \begin_inset space ~
25886 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25888 \begin_inset space ~
25894 A light blue box labeled
25895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25906 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25907 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25910 \begin_layout Subsection
25911 Grouping Index Entries
25915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25925 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25927 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25928 lists under the entry
25929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25937 First we create the entry
25938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25946 \begin_inset space ~
25950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25952 reference "sub:Lists"
25957 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25958 \begin_inset space ~
25962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25964 reference "sec:Itemize"
25968 , we insert the command
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25977 \begin_layout Standard
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25987 \begin_layout Standard
25988 for the enumerated list in section
25989 \begin_inset space ~
25993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25995 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26003 The exclamation mark
26004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26011 marks the grouping levels.
26012 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26013 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26014 If we don't have an index entry for
26015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26022 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26025 \begin_layout Subsection
26030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26031 Index ! Page ranges
26039 \begin_layout Standard
26040 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26042 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26043 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26045 \begin_inset space ~
26049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26051 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26058 \begin_layout Standard
26061 Paragraph environments|(
26064 \begin_layout Standard
26065 and another entry at the end of section
26066 \begin_inset space ~
26070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26072 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26082 Paragraph environments|)
26085 \begin_layout Standard
26087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26110 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26111 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26112 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26113 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26114 An example is the index entry
26115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26118 Document ! Settings
26119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26125 \begin_layout Subsection
26130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26131 Index ! Cross referencing
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26140 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26141 We referred for example in the index entry
26142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26150 \begin_inset space ~
26154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26156 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26160 ) to the index entry
26161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26168 in the same section using the entry
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26174 GIF|see{Image formats}
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26178 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26179 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26180 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26183 \begin_layout Subsection
26188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26189 Index ! Entry order
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26198 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26199 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26200 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26205 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26207 \begin_inset space ~
26211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26213 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26222 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26223 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26252 Dummy entries ! maïs
26261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26262 Dummy entries ! maître
26271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26272 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26277 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26278 order maïs, maison, maître.
26279 To achieve this, we use the command
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26285 previous entry@current entry
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 In our case we want to have
26290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26305 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26315 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26316 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26320 \begin_layout Subsection
26325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26326 Index ! Entry layout
26334 \begin_layout Standard
26335 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the text style dialog.
26339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26342 This is an italic dummy entry
26347 You can also format the page number using the character
26348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26355 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26356 We can write for example
26359 \begin_layout Standard
26362 italic page number:|textit
26365 \begin_layout Standard
26366 to get the page number in italic.
26370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26371 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26376 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26394 \begin_inset space ~
26400 Have a look at section
26401 \begin_inset space ~
26405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26407 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26411 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26423 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26427 to generate the index, see section
26428 \begin_inset space ~
26432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26434 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26443 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26444 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26446 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26449 key "latexcompanion"
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26462 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26464 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26465 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26466 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26467 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26468 If so, put the following in preamble
26471 \begin_layout Standard
26483 \begin_layout Standard
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26493 \begin_layout Standard
26494 into the index entry.
26498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26499 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26504 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26505 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26506 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26509 \begin_layout Standard
26510 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26516 \begin_inset space ~
26519 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26520 for all index entries.
26521 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26533 documentation for details,
26534 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26536 key "makeindex,xindy"
26543 \begin_layout Subsection
26548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26557 name "sub:Index-Program"
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26565 When the index entry program
26569 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26570 generation, otherwise the program
26574 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26575 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26576 dialog, see section
26577 \begin_inset space ~
26581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26583 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26588 The available options are listed and explained in
26589 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26591 key "makeindex,xindy"
26596 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26604 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26605 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26607 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26609 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26610 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26618 \begin_layout Section
26619 Nomenclature / Glossary
26623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26664 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26672 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26673 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26677 \begin_layout Standard
26678 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26687 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26693 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26694 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26700 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26704 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26705 and then use the menu
26707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26713 \begin_inset space ~
26718 or the toolbar button
26719 \begin_inset Graphics
26720 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26738 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26741 \begin_layout Standard
26742 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26743 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26744 The second is the description of the symbol.
26747 \begin_layout Standard
26748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26756 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26764 \begin_layout Subsection
26765 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26770 Nomenclature ! Layout
26778 \begin_layout Standard
26779 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26783 field as LaTeX-formula.
26785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26789 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26797 \begin_inset Newline newline
26805 \begin_inset Newline newline
26811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26818 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26819 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26831 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26842 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26843 \begin_inset space ~
26847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26849 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26856 \begin_layout Standard
26860 \begin_inset space ~
26865 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26866 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26871 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26878 in this document is:
26879 \begin_inset Newline newline
26884 dummy entry for the character
26889 \begin_inset Newline newline
26901 \begin_inset space ~
26911 font use the command
26940 \begin_layout Subsection
26941 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26946 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26954 \begin_layout Standard
26955 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26956 the symbol definition.
26957 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26958 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26961 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26962 LatexCommand nomenclature
26964 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26971 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26975 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26976 LatexCommand nomenclature
26979 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26984 They will be sorted by
26985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27011 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27014 will be sorted before the
27018 since the character
27019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27026 is considered in sorting.
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27030 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27033 \begin_inset space ~
27038 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27039 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27041 For the given example, you can insert
27045 to this field for the
27046 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27053 will be located before
27054 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27060 \begin_layout Standard
27061 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27066 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27075 \begin_layout Subsection
27076 Nomenclature Options
27080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27081 Nomenclature ! Options
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27094 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27095 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27098 \begin_layout Description
27099 refeq Appends the phrase
27100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27115 to every nomenclature entry, where
27121 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27124 \begin_layout Description
27125 refpage Appends the phrase
27126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27141 to every nomenclature entry, where
27147 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27150 \begin_layout Description
27151 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27155 There are furthermore the options
27199 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27205 class options list in the
27207 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27211 In this document the options
27222 \begin_layout Standard
27223 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27229 \begin_layout Standard
27230 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27231 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27236 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27239 \begin_layout Description
27249 \begin_layout Description
27252 nomrefpage Like the
27259 \begin_layout Description
27262 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27271 \begin_layout Description
27275 \begin_inset space ~
27281 \begin_inset space ~
27286 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27289 \begin_layout Subsection
27290 Printing the Nomenclature
27294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27295 Nomenclature ! Printing
27303 \begin_layout Standard
27304 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27308 \begin_inset space ~
27312 \begin_inset space ~
27315 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27319 A light blue box labeled
27320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27331 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27332 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27335 \begin_layout Standard
27336 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27345 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27353 For example, in order to change the name to
27357 , add the following line to the preamble:
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27368 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27371 \begin_layout Standard
27372 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27379 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27380 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27391 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27397 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27398 \begin_inset space ~
27402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27404 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27409 The default value is 1
27410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27416 \begin_layout Section
27421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27432 Document ! Branches
27438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27440 name "sec:Branches"
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27448 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27449 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27450 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27451 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27456 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27457 To create a branch, go in the
27459 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27467 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27468 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27472 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27473 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27478 where you can choose a branch.
27479 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27484 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27488 \begin_inset Branch Question
27491 \begin_layout Standard
27492 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27501 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27504 \begin_layout Standard
27505 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27514 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27521 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27522 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27524 For example you can define for the question branch
27528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27529 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27530 \begin_inset space ~
27534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27536 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27569 and for the answer branch
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27593 \begin_inset Branch Question
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27629 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27665 Now it is possible to use the commands
27669 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27676 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27679 to obtain conditional output.
27680 Here is an example formula where only the
27687 \begin_inset Formula \[
27688 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27697 \begin_inset space ~
27701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27703 reference "sec:math-macros"
27710 \begin_layout Section
27711 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27714 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27721 \begin_layout Subsection
27726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27735 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27742 \begin_layout Standard
27743 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27744 constructs, but not all.
27745 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27746 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27747 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27748 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27749 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27750 and their commands.
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27754 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27756 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27758 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27760 \begin_inset space ~
27765 or by the toolbar button
27766 \begin_inset Graphics
27767 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27772 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27785 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27786 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27798 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27799 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27800 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27807 , you can write the command part
27813 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27817 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27818 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27819 the following example:
27822 \begin_layout Standard
27823 \begin_inset Graphics
27824 filename clipart/ERT.png
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27836 \begin_layout Standard
27837 This is a line with a
27841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27865 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27873 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27874 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27882 \begin_layout Subsection
27883 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27884 \begin_inset OptArg
27887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27906 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27914 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27915 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27916 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27925 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27926 every time if you know the right commands.
27928 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27929 the end of the day.
27930 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27931 all caption labels bold.
27932 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27934 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27937 \begin_layout Standard
27938 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27939 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27940 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27952 As result you know that the package
27960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27961 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27967 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27975 \begin_layout Standard
27980 usepackage[options]{package name}
27983 \begin_layout Standard
27984 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27985 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27986 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27989 \begin_layout Standard
27990 In your case the package name is
27995 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28000 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28001 So you add the command
28004 \begin_layout Standard
28009 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28013 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28018 For more commands provided by the
28022 package, have a look at its documentation,
28023 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28037 \begin_layout Standard
28038 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28040 For example if you use a
28044 class, you don't need the package
28048 , you can instead write
28051 \begin_layout Standard
28056 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28061 \begin_layout Standard
28062 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28063 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28064 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28071 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28074 \begin_layout Standard
28075 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28076 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28078 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28079 the previous section.
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28083 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28085 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28087 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28095 \begin_layout Section
28096 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28109 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28127 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28128 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28129 to break your train of thought with
28131 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28138 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28139 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28148 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28153 as explained below, and turn on
28156 \begin_inset space ~
28163 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28169 \begin_inset space ~
28173 \begin_inset space ~
28176 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28182 \begin_layout Standard
28183 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28185 Previews of an already loaded document are
28189 generated just by selecting the
28192 \begin_inset space ~
28197 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28201 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28202 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28205 \begin_inset space ~
28210 check box in the insert dialog.
28211 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28215 \begin_layout Standard
28216 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28220 (on some systems named simply
28225 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28227 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28233 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28234 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28242 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28246 \begin_layout Standard
28247 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28254 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28258 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28260 \begin_inset space ~
28265 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28266 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28268 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28269 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28270 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28271 the source view window.
28274 \begin_layout Section
28276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28278 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28296 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28297 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28314 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28320 can be seen as successor of
28324 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28329 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28330 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28339 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28340 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28350 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28353 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28354 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28355 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28356 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28357 scrolled so that it is visible.
28362 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28364 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28368 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28369 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28372 \begin_layout Standard
28373 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28376 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28380 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28381 will bring an error message.
28382 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28383 specifying a different
28385 Alternative language
28387 in preferences dialog.
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28391 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28394 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28398 \begin_layout Standard
28399 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28400 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28402 But you can use the
28405 \begin_inset space ~
28409 \begin_inset space ~
28417 \begin_layout Standard
28418 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28419 This does work with
28423 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28426 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28430 \begin_layout Standard
28435 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28438 \begin_layout Description
28440 \begin_inset space ~
28443 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28444 should consider, e.g.
28445 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28446 This should not normally be needed.
28449 \begin_layout Description
28451 \begin_inset space ~
28454 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28455 as your personal dictionary
28458 \begin_layout Description
28460 \begin_inset space ~
28464 \begin_inset space ~
28467 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28479 \begin_layout Description
28481 \begin_inset space ~
28485 \begin_inset space ~
28488 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28497 also for the spellchecker.
28501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28502 The encodings are explained in section
28503 \begin_inset space ~
28507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28509 reference "sub:Settings"
28518 Only enable this if you use
28522 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28523 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28524 so this is disabled by default.
28527 \begin_layout Section
28532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28541 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28549 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28553 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28556 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28559 or the toolbar button
28560 \begin_inset Graphics
28561 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28563 rotateOrigin center
28568 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28572 \begin_layout Standard
28573 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28574 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28575 cases to find related words.
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28579 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28581 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28589 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28598 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28617 \begin_layout Section
28622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28633 Document ! Change Tracking
28639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28641 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28648 \begin_layout Standard
28649 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28650 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28651 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28652 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28656 \begin_inset space ~
28659 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28661 \begin_inset space ~
28669 \begin_layout Standard
28670 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28679 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28682 \begin_inset space ~
28686 \begin_inset space ~
28699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28709 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28729 \begin_layout Standard
28730 \begin_inset Graphics
28731 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28738 \begin_layout Standard
28739 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28746 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28750 \begin_layout Standard
28751 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28757 \begin_layout Standard
28758 \begin_inset Tabular
28759 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28760 <features islongtable="true">
28761 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28762 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28768 \begin_inset Graphics
28769 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28770 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28771 rotateOrigin center
28780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28788 \begin_inset space ~
28791 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28793 \begin_inset space ~
28802 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28807 \begin_inset Graphics
28808 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28809 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28810 rotateOrigin center
28819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28827 \begin_inset space ~
28830 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28832 \begin_inset space ~
28836 \begin_inset space ~
28840 \begin_inset space ~
28849 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28854 \begin_inset Graphics
28855 filename ../images/change-next.png
28856 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28857 rotateOrigin center
28866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28870 Jumps to the next change
28876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28881 \begin_inset Graphics
28882 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28884 rotateOrigin center
28893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28901 \begin_inset space ~
28904 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28906 \begin_inset space ~
28915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28920 \begin_inset Graphics
28921 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28922 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28923 rotateOrigin center
28932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28940 \begin_inset space ~
28943 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28945 \begin_inset space ~
28954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28959 \begin_inset Graphics
28960 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28961 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28962 rotateOrigin center
28971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28977 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28979 \begin_inset space ~
28982 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28984 \begin_inset space ~
28993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28998 \begin_inset Graphics
28999 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29001 rotateOrigin center
29010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29016 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29018 \begin_inset space ~
29021 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29023 \begin_inset space ~
29027 \begin_inset space ~
29036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29041 \begin_inset Graphics
29042 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29043 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29044 rotateOrigin center
29053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29061 \begin_inset space ~
29064 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29066 \begin_inset space ~
29070 \begin_inset space ~
29079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 \begin_inset Graphics
29085 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29087 rotateOrigin center
29096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29103 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29105 \begin_inset space ~
29114 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29119 \begin_inset Graphics
29120 filename ../images/note-next.png
29121 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29122 rotateOrigin center
29131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29137 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29139 \begin_inset space ~
29155 \begin_layout Standard
29156 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29162 \begin_layout Standard
29163 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29164 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29165 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29166 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29167 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29168 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29169 step to the next change.
29170 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29173 \begin_layout Standard
29174 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29175 to describe a change.
29178 \begin_layout Standard
29179 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29188 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29194 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29195 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29201 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29204 \begin_layout Section
29205 International Support
29209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29210 International support
29218 \begin_layout Standard
29219 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29220 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29221 how to set up LyX to use them:
29222 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29224 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29231 \begin_layout Standard
29232 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29233 \begin_inset space ~
29237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29239 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29246 \begin_layout Subsection
29251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29262 Document ! Settings
29271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29272 Document ! Language
29280 \begin_layout Standard
29283 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29286 dialog lets you set
29288 the language and character encoding for your language.
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29293 Choose your language in the
29297 section of this dialog.
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29310 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29314 use language's default encoding
29316 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29317 For details about the different encoding options see section
29318 \begin_inset space ~
29322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29324 reference "sub:Settings"
29331 \begin_layout Subsection
29332 Keyboard mapping configuration
29333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29335 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29343 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29344 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29345 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29346 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29347 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29349 \begin_inset space ~
29353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29355 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29360 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29361 which one you want to use.
29364 \begin_layout Standard
29365 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29366 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29367 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29368 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29369 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29370 one to support the characters you want.
29371 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29378 \begin_layout Subsection
29380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29389 \begin_layout Standard
29391 \begin_inset space ~
29395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29397 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29406 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29410 \begin_layout Standard
29411 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29412 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29420 \begin_layout Itemize
29421 Even if you have selected
29427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29430 dialog, users who have only the
29434 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29438 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29439 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29440 french quotes won't show up.
29443 \begin_layout Standard
29444 \begin_inset Float table
29449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29450 \begin_inset Caption
29452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29455 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29473 \begin_inset Tabular
29474 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29485 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29490 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29491 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33905 \begin_layout Standard
33906 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33908 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33909 also the characters from
33921 \begin_layout Itemize
33930 \begin_layout Standard
33931 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33932 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33938 \begin_layout Standard
33939 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33940 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33946 \begin_layout Standard
33947 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33948 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33954 \begin_layout Standard
33955 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33956 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33962 \begin_layout Standard
33964 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33970 \begin_layout Standard
33972 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33978 \begin_layout Standard
33980 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33987 \begin_layout Itemize
34000 \begin_layout Standard
34002 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34008 \begin_layout Standard
34010 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34016 \begin_layout Standard
34018 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34024 \begin_layout Standard
34026 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34034 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34040 \begin_layout Standard
34042 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34049 \begin_layout Standard
34050 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34051 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34052 Also make sure you're using the
34059 \begin_layout Chapter
34062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34064 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34071 \begin_layout Standard
34072 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34073 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34074 inside the user's guide.
34077 \begin_layout Section
34082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34091 \begin_layout Standard
34096 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34097 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34100 \begin_layout Subsection
34104 \begin_layout Standard
34105 Creates a new document.
34108 \begin_layout Subsection
34112 \begin_layout Standard
34113 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34114 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34115 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34118 \begin_layout Subsection
34122 \begin_layout Standard
34126 \begin_layout Subsection
34130 \begin_layout Standard
34131 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34132 Click there on a file to open it.
34135 \begin_layout Subsection
34139 \begin_layout Standard
34140 Closes the current document.
34143 \begin_layout Subsection
34147 \begin_layout Standard
34148 Saves the actual document.
34151 \begin_layout Subsection
34155 \begin_layout Standard
34156 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34159 \begin_layout Subsection
34163 \begin_layout Standard
34164 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34167 \begin_layout Subsection
34171 \begin_layout Standard
34172 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34173 It is described in the section
34175 Version Control in LyX
34180 \begin_inset space ~
34188 \begin_layout Subsection
34192 \begin_layout Standard
34193 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
34194 text files (ASCII-files).
34195 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34199 When using the menu
34202 \begin_inset space ~
34206 \begin_inset space ~
34211 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34212 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34213 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34214 will start a new paragraph.
34217 \begin_layout Subsection
34219 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34228 \begin_layout Standard
34229 You can export your document to various file formats.
34230 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34231 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34232 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34235 \begin_layout Standard
34236 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34238 \begin_inset space ~
34242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34244 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34251 \begin_layout Description
34255 \begin_inset space ~
34260 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34261 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34264 \begin_layout Description
34272 \begin_layout Description
34273 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34277 \begin_layout Description
34279 \begin_inset space ~
34283 \begin_inset space ~
34286 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34290 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34298 \begin_layout Description
34305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34313 \begin_inset space ~
34318 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34319 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34323 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34326 \begin_layout Description
34333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34341 \begin_inset space ~
34346 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34347 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34355 \begin_layout Description
34357 \begin_inset space ~
34360 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34368 is replaced by the version number)
34371 \begin_layout Description
34372 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34385 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34389 \begin_layout Description
34394 PDF-format using the program
34399 \begin_layout Description
34403 \begin_inset space ~
34408 PDF-format using the program
34413 \begin_layout Description
34417 \begin_inset space ~
34422 PDF-format using the program
34427 \begin_layout Description
34431 \begin_inset space ~
34439 \begin_layout Description
34443 \begin_inset space ~
34447 \begin_inset space ~
34452 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34453 and then exported as text using the program
34458 \begin_layout Description
34463 PostScript format using the program
34468 \begin_layout Description
34476 \begin_layout Standard
34481 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34482 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34488 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34492 If one of the menu entries
34499 \begin_inset space ~
34508 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34509 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34510 \begin_inset space ~
34514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34516 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34525 Reconfiguration of LyX
34533 \begin_layout Standard
34538 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34539 the export program.
34542 \begin_layout Subsection
34546 \begin_layout Standard
34547 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34548 or send it to a printer.
34549 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34550 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34556 For more informations have a look at section
34557 \begin_inset space ~
34561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34563 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34570 \begin_layout Subsection
34571 New and Close Window
34574 \begin_layout Standard
34575 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34576 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34579 \begin_layout Section
34584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34593 \begin_layout Subsection
34597 \begin_layout Standard
34598 Described in section
34599 \begin_inset space ~
34603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34605 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34612 \begin_layout Subsection
34613 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34616 \begin_layout Standard
34617 Described in section
34618 \begin_inset space ~
34622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34624 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34631 \begin_layout Subsection
34635 \begin_layout Standard
34636 Selects the whole document.
34639 \begin_layout Subsection
34643 \begin_layout Standard
34644 Described in section
34645 \begin_inset space ~
34649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34651 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34658 \begin_layout Subsection
34659 Move paragraph Up/Down
34662 \begin_layout Standard
34663 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34667 \begin_layout Subsection
34671 \begin_layout Standard
34672 Described in section
34673 \begin_inset space ~
34677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34679 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34686 \begin_layout Subsection
34691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34692 Paragraph ! Settings
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34701 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34703 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34706 \begin_layout Standard
34707 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34708 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34717 \begin_inset space ~
34725 \begin_layout Subsection
34729 \begin_layout Standard
34730 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34731 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34732 The properties of tables are described in section
34733 \begin_inset space ~
34737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34739 reference "sec:Tables"
34743 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34744 \begin_inset space ~
34748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34750 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34757 \begin_layout Subsection
34758 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34761 \begin_layout Standard
34762 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34764 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34765 \begin_inset space ~
34769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34771 reference "sec:Nesting"
34776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34778 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34785 \begin_layout Section
34790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34799 \begin_layout Standard
34804 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34805 document with an external program.
34806 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34807 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34808 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34809 \begin_inset space ~
34813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34815 reference "sub:Export"
34820 You should at least see the menu entries
34827 \begin_inset space ~
34833 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34834 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34835 \begin_inset space ~
34839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34841 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34850 Reconfiguration of LyX
34858 \begin_layout Standard
34859 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34860 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34861 \begin_inset space ~
34865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34867 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34872 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34875 \begin_layout Standard
34876 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34879 At the bottom of the
34883 menu the opened documents are listed.
34886 \begin_layout Subsection
34890 \begin_layout Standard
34891 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34893 \begin_inset space ~
34897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34899 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34906 \begin_layout Subsection
34910 \begin_layout Standard
34911 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34912 opening a new view window.
34915 \begin_layout Subsection
34917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34919 name "sub:Toolbars"
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34936 \begin_layout Standard
34937 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34938 All toolbars and the
34941 \begin_inset space ~
34946 can be turned on and off.
34951 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34963 \begin_inset space ~
34972 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34976 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34983 \begin_layout Standard
34988 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34992 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34993 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34994 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34995 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34996 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34999 \begin_layout Standard
35000 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35001 \begin_inset space ~
35005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35007 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35014 \begin_layout Section
35019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35028 \begin_layout Subsection
35032 \begin_layout Standard
35033 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35034 \begin_inset space ~
35038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35040 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35047 \begin_layout Subsection
35049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35051 name "sub:Special-Character"
35058 \begin_layout Standard
35059 Here you can insert the following characters:
35062 \begin_layout Description
35063 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35067 \begin_layout Description
35069 \begin_inset space ~
35073 \begin_inset space ~
35076 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35077 \begin_inset space ~
35081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35083 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35090 \begin_layout Description
35092 \begin_inset space ~
35095 Quote Inserts this quote:
35096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35099 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35101 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35111 \begin_layout Description
35113 \begin_inset space ~
35116 Quote Inserts this quote:
35117 \begin_inset Quotes els
35123 \begin_layout Description
35125 \begin_inset space ~
35128 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35132 \begin_layout Description
35134 \begin_inset space ~
35141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35152 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35157 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35158 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35159 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35168 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35174 \begin_inset Newline newline
35177 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35181 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35189 and this Wiki-page:
35190 \begin_inset Newline newline
35194 \begin_inset Flex URL
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35199 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35207 \begin_layout Subsection
35211 \begin_layout Standard
35212 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35215 \begin_layout Description
35216 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35217 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35223 \begin_layout Description
35224 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35225 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35231 \begin_layout Description
35233 \begin_inset space ~
35236 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35237 \begin_inset space ~
35241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35243 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35250 \begin_layout Description
35252 \begin_inset space ~
35255 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35256 \begin_inset space ~
35260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35262 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35269 \begin_layout Description
35271 \begin_inset space ~
35274 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35275 \begin_inset space ~
35279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35281 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35288 \begin_layout Description
35290 \begin_inset space ~
35293 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35294 \begin_inset space ~
35298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35300 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35307 \begin_layout Description
35309 \begin_inset space ~
35312 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35313 \begin_inset space ~
35317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35319 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35326 \begin_layout Description
35328 \begin_inset space ~
35331 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35332 \begin_inset space ~
35336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35338 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35345 \begin_layout Description
35347 \begin_inset space ~
35350 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35351 \begin_inset space ~
35355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35357 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35364 \begin_layout Description
35366 \begin_inset space ~
35369 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35370 \begin_inset space ~
35374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35376 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35383 \begin_layout Description
35385 \begin_inset space ~
35388 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
35389 \begin_inset space ~
35393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35395 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35402 \begin_layout Description
35404 \begin_inset space ~
35407 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
35408 \begin_inset space ~
35412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35414 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35421 \begin_layout Description
35423 \begin_inset space ~
35426 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
35427 \begin_inset space ~
35431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35433 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35440 \begin_layout Description
35442 \begin_inset space ~
35446 \begin_inset space ~
35449 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35450 \begin_inset space ~
35454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35456 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35463 \begin_layout Subsection
35467 \begin_layout Standard
35468 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35469 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35471 \begin_inset space ~
35475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35477 reference "sec:toc"
35482 The index list is described in section
35483 \begin_inset space ~
35487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35489 reference "sec:Index"
35493 , the nomenclature in section
35494 \begin_inset space ~
35498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35500 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35504 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35505 \begin_inset space ~
35509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35511 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35518 \begin_layout Subsection
35522 \begin_layout Standard
35523 To insert floats, described in section
35524 \begin_inset space ~
35528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35530 reference "sec:Floats"
35537 \begin_layout Subsection
35541 \begin_layout Standard
35542 To insert notes, described in section
35543 \begin_inset space ~
35547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35549 reference "sec:Notes"
35556 \begin_layout Subsection
35560 \begin_layout Standard
35561 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35562 \begin_inset space ~
35566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35568 reference "sec:Branches"
35575 \begin_layout Subsection
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35589 \begin_layout Standard
35590 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35591 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35602 \begin_layout Subsection
35607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35616 \begin_layout Standard
35617 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35618 \begin_inset space ~
35622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35624 reference "sec:Minipages"
35629 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35640 \begin_layout Subsection
35644 \begin_layout Standard
35645 Inserts a citation as described in section
35646 \begin_inset space ~
35650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35652 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35659 \begin_layout Subsection
35663 \begin_layout Standard
35664 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35665 \begin_inset space ~
35669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35671 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35678 \begin_layout Subsection
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 Inserts a label as described in section
35684 \begin_inset space ~
35688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35690 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35697 \begin_layout Subsection
35702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35713 Longtables ! Caption
35721 \begin_layout Standard
35722 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35723 Floats are described in section
35724 \begin_inset space ~
35728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35730 reference "sec:Floats"
35734 , cations in longtables are described in section
35745 \begin_layout Subsection
35749 \begin_layout Standard
35750 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35751 \begin_inset space ~
35755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35757 reference "sec:Index"
35764 \begin_layout Subsection
35768 \begin_layout Standard
35769 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35770 \begin_inset space ~
35774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35776 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35783 \begin_layout Subsection
35787 \begin_layout Standard
35789 Tables are described in section
35790 \begin_inset space ~
35794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35796 reference "sec:Tables"
35803 \begin_layout Subsection
35807 \begin_layout Standard
35809 Graphics are described in section
35810 \begin_inset space ~
35814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35816 reference "sec:Graphics"
35823 \begin_layout Subsection
35827 \begin_layout Standard
35828 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35829 \begin_inset space ~
35833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35835 reference "sec:URL"
35842 \begin_layout Subsection
35846 \begin_layout Standard
35847 Inserts a footnote, see section
35848 \begin_inset space ~
35852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35854 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35861 \begin_layout Subsection
35865 \begin_layout Standard
35866 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35867 \begin_inset space ~
35871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35873 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35880 \begin_layout Subsection
35884 \begin_layout Standard
35885 Inserts a short title, see section
35886 \begin_inset space ~
35890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35892 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35899 \begin_layout Subsection
35903 \begin_layout Standard
35904 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35905 \begin_inset space ~
35909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35911 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35918 \begin_layout Subsection
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35932 \begin_layout Standard
35933 Inserts a program listings box.
35934 Program listings are explained in chapter
35936 Program Code Listings
35945 \begin_layout Subsection
35949 \begin_layout Standard
35950 Inserts the actual date.
35951 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35953 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35963 There the different methods are also compared.
35966 \begin_layout Section
35971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35980 \begin_layout Standard
35981 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35982 the current document.
35983 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35986 \begin_layout Standard
35987 The Navigate menu also offers to
35990 \begin_layout Subsection
35994 \begin_layout Standard
35995 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35996 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35999 \begin_inset space ~
36003 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36004 \begin_inset space ~
36007 2.5 and use the menu
36010 \begin_inset space ~
36014 \begin_inset space ~
36021 \begin_inset space ~
36027 \begin_inset space ~
36031 \begin_inset space ~
36037 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36049 \begin_layout Standard
36050 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36051 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36054 \begin_layout Subsection
36055 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36058 \begin_layout Standard
36059 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36063 \begin_layout Subsection
36067 \begin_layout Standard
36068 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36069 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36070 on a cross-reference box.
36073 \begin_layout Section
36078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36087 \begin_layout Subsection
36091 \begin_layout Standard
36092 Change Tracking is described in section
36093 \begin_inset space ~
36097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36099 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36106 \begin_layout Subsection
36111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36121 \begin_layout Standard
36122 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36124 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36127 \begin_layout Standard
36128 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36133 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36136 \begin_layout Subsection
36140 \begin_layout Standard
36141 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36142 \begin_inset space ~
36146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36148 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36155 \begin_layout Subsection
36156 Start Appendix Here
36159 \begin_layout Standard
36160 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36161 position as described in section
36162 \begin_inset space ~
36166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36168 reference "sec:Appendices"
36175 \begin_layout Subsection
36179 \begin_layout Standard
36180 Un/compresses the actual document.
36183 \begin_layout Subsection
36185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36187 name "sub:Settings"
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36196 Document ! Settings
36204 \begin_layout Standard
36205 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36207 You can save your document settings as default with the
36209 Save as Document Defaults
36211 button in the dialog.
36212 This will create a template named
36216 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36220 \begin_layout Standard
36221 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36224 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36228 \begin_layout Standard
36229 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36230 Document classes are described in section
36231 \begin_inset space ~
36235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36237 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36242 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36247 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
36248 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36251 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36255 \begin_layout Standard
36256 The document font settings are described in section
36257 \begin_inset space ~
36261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36263 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36270 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36274 \begin_layout Standard
36275 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36277 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36281 \begin_layout Standard
36282 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36283 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36284 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36287 \begin_layout Standard
36288 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36296 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36300 \begin_layout Standard
36301 A description of this menu is given in section
36302 \begin_inset space ~
36306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36308 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36315 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36322 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36326 \begin_layout Standard
36327 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36328 \begin_inset space ~
36332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36334 reference "sub:Margins"
36341 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36347 Language ! Encoding
36355 \begin_layout Standard
36356 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36357 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36358 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36359 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36360 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36361 known for a particular character).
36365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36366 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36367 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36372 manual for details.
36380 \begin_layout Standard
36381 If you use the option
36383 use language's default encoding
36385 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36387 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36388 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36389 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36390 exactly one encoding.
36391 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36400 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36401 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36403 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36404 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36418 \begin_layout Standard
36419 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36420 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36421 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36422 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36423 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36424 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36427 use language's default encoding
36429 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36430 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36431 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36434 \begin_layout Standard
36435 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36438 \begin_layout Description
36440 \begin_inset space ~
36445 use language's default encoding
36447 , but the LaTeX-package
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36456 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36462 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36463 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36464 languages in TeX code.
36467 \begin_layout Description
36468 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36471 \begin_layout Description
36472 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36473 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36476 \begin_layout Description
36477 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36480 \begin_layout Description
36481 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36484 \begin_layout Description
36485 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36488 \begin_layout Description
36489 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36492 \begin_layout Description
36493 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36496 \begin_layout Description
36497 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36498 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36501 \begin_layout Description
36502 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36503 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36506 \begin_layout Description
36507 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36510 \begin_layout Description
36511 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36514 \begin_layout Description
36515 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36518 \begin_layout Description
36519 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36522 \begin_layout Description
36523 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36524 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36525 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36529 \begin_layout Description
36530 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36531 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36534 \begin_layout Description
36535 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36539 \begin_layout Description
36540 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36543 \begin_layout Description
36544 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36545 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36548 \begin_layout Description
36549 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36550 the euro currency sign, the
36554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36564 be the replacement for latin1
36567 \begin_layout Description
36568 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36571 \begin_layout Description
36572 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36581 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36587 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36591 \begin_layout Description
36592 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36601 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36606 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36609 \begin_layout Description
36610 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36619 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36624 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36627 \begin_layout Description
36628 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36632 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36641 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36642 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36656 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36660 \begin_layout Standard
36661 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36663 \begin_inset space ~
36667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36669 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36676 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36680 \begin_layout Standard
36681 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36690 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36704 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36710 For a further description see section
36711 \begin_inset space ~
36715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36717 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36724 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36729 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36738 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36752 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36757 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36760 \begin_layout Standard
36765 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36766 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36769 \begin_layout Standard
36774 is used for special integral characters.
36777 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36781 \begin_layout Standard
36782 The float placement options are described in section
36783 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36789 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36796 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36800 \begin_layout Standard
36801 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36802 The itemize environment is described in section
36803 \begin_inset space ~
36807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36809 reference "sec:Itemize"
36816 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36821 Branches are described in section
36822 \begin_inset space ~
36826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36828 reference "sec:Branches"
36835 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36850 \begin_layout Standard
36851 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36852 to define LaTeX-commands.
36853 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36854 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36858 \begin_layout Standard
36859 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36860 \begin_inset space ~
36864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36866 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36873 \begin_layout Section
36878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36887 \begin_layout Subsection
36891 \begin_layout Standard
36892 Spell checking is explained in section
36893 \begin_inset space ~
36897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36899 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36906 \begin_layout Subsection
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36911 The thesaurus is described in section
36912 \begin_inset space ~
36916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36918 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36925 \begin_layout Subsection
36930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 \begin_layout Standard
36940 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36944 \begin_layout Subsection
36949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36958 \begin_layout Standard
36959 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36962 \begin_layout Subsection
36967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 Reconfiguration of LyX
36983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 Reconfiguration of LyX
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37009 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37010 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37011 \begin_inset space ~
37015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37017 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37024 \begin_layout Subsection
37028 \begin_layout Standard
37029 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37036 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37043 \begin_layout Section
37048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37057 \begin_layout Standard
37058 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37062 \begin_layout Standard
37066 \begin_inset space ~
37071 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
37072 classes found by LyX (see also section
37073 \begin_inset space ~
37077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37079 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37086 \begin_layout Section
37088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37090 name "sec:Toolbars"
37097 \begin_layout Standard
37098 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37099 \begin_inset space ~
37103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37105 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37112 \begin_layout Standard
37113 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37114 This is described in the
37121 \begin_layout Subsection
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37135 \begin_layout Standard
37136 \begin_inset Graphics
37137 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37145 \begin_layout Standard
37146 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37152 \begin_layout Standard
37153 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37170 \begin_inset Note Note
37173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37174 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37179 manual for more information.
37187 \begin_layout Standard
37188 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37194 \begin_layout Standard
37195 \begin_inset Tabular
37196 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37197 <features islongtable="true">
37198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37205 \begin_inset Graphics
37206 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37220 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37233 \begin_layout Standard
37234 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37240 \begin_layout Standard
37242 \begin_inset Tabular
37243 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37244 <features islongtable="true">
37245 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37246 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37254 \begin_inset Graphics
37255 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37256 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37271 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37283 \begin_inset Graphics
37284 filename ../images/file-open.png
37285 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37300 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 \begin_inset Graphics
37313 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37314 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 \begin_inset Graphics
37342 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37358 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37365 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 \begin_inset Graphics
37371 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37394 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37399 \begin_inset Graphics
37400 filename ../images/undo.png
37401 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37428 \begin_inset Graphics
37429 filename ../images/redo.png
37430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37445 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37457 \begin_inset Graphics
37458 filename ../images/cut.png
37459 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 \begin_inset Graphics
37487 filename ../images/copy.png
37488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37503 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 \begin_inset Graphics
37516 filename ../images/paste.png
37517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37532 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 \begin_inset Graphics
37545 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37547 rotateOrigin center
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 \begin_inset Graphics
37583 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37597 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37599 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37601 \begin_inset space ~
37612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37617 \begin_inset Graphics
37618 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37619 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37634 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37636 \begin_inset space ~
37647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37652 \begin_inset Graphics
37653 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37654 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 Formats text using the current settings in the
37669 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37671 \begin_inset space ~
37682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37687 \begin_inset Graphics
37688 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37689 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37704 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37705 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37707 \begin_inset space ~
37716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37721 \begin_inset Graphics
37722 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37723 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37724 rotateOrigin center
37733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37746 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37751 \begin_inset Graphics
37752 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37753 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37754 rotateOrigin center
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37769 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37781 \begin_inset Graphics
37782 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37784 rotateOrigin center
37793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37797 Toggle outline window on/off,
37799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37811 \begin_inset Graphics
37812 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37814 rotateOrigin center
37823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37827 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37838 \begin_inset Graphics
37839 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37841 rotateOrigin center
37850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37854 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37867 \begin_layout Subsection
37872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37881 \begin_layout Standard
37882 \begin_inset Graphics
37883 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37891 \begin_layout Standard
37892 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37898 \begin_layout Standard
37899 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37903 \begin_layout Standard
37904 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37910 \begin_layout Standard
37911 \begin_inset Tabular
37912 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37913 <features islongtable="true">
37914 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37915 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 \begin_inset Graphics
37922 filename ../images/layout.png
37923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37924 rotateOrigin center
37933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37948 \begin_inset Graphics
37949 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37951 rotateOrigin center
37960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37970 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37975 \begin_inset Graphics
37976 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37977 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37978 rotateOrigin center
37987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37997 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38002 \begin_inset Graphics
38003 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38004 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38005 rotateOrigin center
38014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38029 \begin_inset Graphics
38030 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38032 rotateOrigin center
38041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38056 \begin_inset Graphics
38057 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38058 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38059 rotateOrigin center
38068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38076 \begin_inset space ~
38080 \begin_inset space ~
38089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38094 \begin_inset Graphics
38095 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38096 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38097 rotateOrigin center
38106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38114 \begin_inset space ~
38118 \begin_inset space ~
38127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 \begin_inset Graphics
38133 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38150 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38162 \begin_inset Graphics
38163 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38180 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38192 \begin_inset Graphics
38193 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38221 \begin_inset Graphics
38222 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38223 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38245 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38250 \begin_inset Graphics
38251 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38274 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38279 \begin_inset Graphics
38280 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38281 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38298 \begin_inset space ~
38307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38312 \begin_inset Graphics
38313 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38314 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38331 \begin_inset space ~
38340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 \begin_inset Graphics
38346 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38347 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38374 \begin_inset Graphics
38375 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38376 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38377 rotateOrigin center
38386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38394 \begin_inset space ~
38403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38408 \begin_inset Graphics
38409 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38426 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38428 \begin_inset space ~
38437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38442 \begin_inset Graphics
38443 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38471 \begin_inset Graphics
38472 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38500 \begin_inset Graphics
38501 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38544 \begin_inset Graphics
38545 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38562 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38564 \begin_inset space ~
38573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38578 \begin_inset Graphics
38579 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38581 rotateOrigin center
38590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38596 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38598 \begin_inset space ~
38607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38612 \begin_inset Graphics
38613 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38614 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38615 rotateOrigin center
38624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38632 \begin_inset space ~
38641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 \begin_inset Graphics
38647 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38649 rotateOrigin center
38658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38664 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38678 \begin_layout Subsection
38679 View / Update Toolbar
38683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38684 Toolbar ! View / Update
38692 \begin_layout Standard
38693 \begin_inset Graphics
38694 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38701 \begin_layout Standard
38702 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38708 \begin_layout Standard
38709 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38713 \begin_layout Standard
38714 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38720 \begin_layout Standard
38721 \begin_inset Tabular
38722 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38723 <features islongtable="true">
38724 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38725 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38731 \begin_inset Graphics
38732 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38733 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38734 rotateOrigin center
38743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38749 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38761 \begin_inset Graphics
38762 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38763 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38764 rotateOrigin center
38773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38779 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38780 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38792 \begin_inset Graphics
38793 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38795 rotateOrigin center
38804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38810 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38822 \begin_inset Graphics
38823 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38825 rotateOrigin center
38834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38840 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38841 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38847 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38848 functionality is merged with
38850 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38870 \begin_inset Graphics
38871 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38872 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38873 rotateOrigin center
38882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38888 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38900 \begin_inset Graphics
38901 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38903 rotateOrigin center
38912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38918 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38919 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38933 \begin_layout Subsection
38937 \begin_layout Standard
38938 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38939 \begin_inset space ~
38943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38945 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38949 , the table toolbar
38953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38959 is explained in the
38966 \begin_layout Chapter
38972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38974 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 \begin_layout Standard
38992 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38994 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38997 \begin_layout Section
39001 \begin_layout Subsection
39003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39014 Customization ! of toolbars
39023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39024 Customization ! of menus
39032 \begin_layout Standard
39033 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39041 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39049 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39050 User Interface File
39054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39055 Customization ! of toolbars
39064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39065 Customization ! of menus
39073 \begin_layout Standard
39074 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39075 interface (ui) file.
39076 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39077 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39086 Both files are loaded by the
39091 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39092 files and edit the entries.
39095 \begin_layout Standard
39096 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39108 entries must be ended with an explicit
39133 and in the case of the
39134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39146 The syntax for the entries is:
39149 \begin_layout Standard
39150 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39178 \begin_layout Standard
39180 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39183 All LyX-functions are listed in
39184 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39200 \begin_layout Standard
39201 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39203 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39206 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39210 \begin_layout Standard
39211 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39216 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39219 \begin_layout Standard
39221 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39224 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39227 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39241 \begin_layout Standard
39242 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39243 Several binding files are available:
39246 \begin_layout Description
39247 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39250 \begin_layout Description
39251 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39262 \begin_layout Description
39263 mac.bind set of bindings for
39266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39274 \begin_layout Standard
39275 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39279 , and bind files for special languages.
39280 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39290 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39294 \begin_layout Standard
39295 Some bind-files, like
39299 , have only a small scope.
39300 When looking at the the end of the file
39304 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39307 \begin_layout Standard
39308 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39309 s with a text editor.
39310 The syntax of the entries is:
39313 \begin_layout Standard
39319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39337 \begin_layout Standard
39338 All LyX-functions are listed in
39339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39352 \begin_layout Standard
39356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39363 restore window size, or use fixed size
39365 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39369 \begin_layout Standard
39373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39380 restore window position
39382 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39385 \begin_layout Standard
39388 Restore cursor positions
39390 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39394 \begin_layout Standard
39397 Load opened files from last session
39399 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39406 name "sub:Backup documents"
39414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39423 \begin_layout Standard
39428 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39431 \begin_layout Standard
39436 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39439 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39441 \begin_inset space ~
39449 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39453 \begin_layout Standard
39456 Cursor follows scrollbar
39458 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39462 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39466 \begin_layout Standard
39469 Enable Pixmap Cache
39471 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39472 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39473 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39474 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39476 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39477 \begin_inset space ~
39483 \begin_layout Subsection
39488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39497 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39504 \begin_layout Standard
39505 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39508 \begin_layout Standard
39509 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39517 This section only deals with the fonts
39522 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39526 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39537 \begin_layout Standard
39538 By default, LyX uses
39542 as roman (serif) font,
39550 (depends on the system) as
39553 \begin_inset space ~
39569 \begin_layout Standard
39570 You can change the font size with the
39577 \begin_layout Standard
39582 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39583 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39588 points have the size of 1
39589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39593 \begin_inset space ~
39597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39599 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39606 \begin_layout Standard
39611 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39612 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39616 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39623 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39630 \begin_layout Subsection
39635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39654 \begin_layout Standard
39655 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39656 Choose an item in the list and use the
39663 \begin_layout Subsection
39668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39669 Settings ! Graphics
39677 \begin_layout Standard
39678 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39681 \begin_layout Standard
39686 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39687 This feature is described in section
39688 \begin_inset space ~
39692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39694 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39701 \begin_layout Subsection
39706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39717 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39725 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39732 \begin_layout Standard
39733 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39734 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39740 \begin_inset space ~
39743 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39744 can use the keyboard map file named
39751 \begin_layout Standard
39752 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39760 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39768 \begin_layout Section
39773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39784 Settings ! Directory
39792 \begin_layout Description
39794 \begin_inset space ~
39797 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39798 It is the default when you
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39817 \begin_layout Description
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39822 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39824 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39826 \begin_inset space ~
39830 \begin_inset space ~
39838 \begin_layout Description
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39853 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39854 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39861 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39869 will be used to save the backups.
39870 \begin_inset Newline newline
39873 The backup files have the ending
39874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39884 \begin_layout Description
39889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39896 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39897 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39898 \begin_inset Newline newline
39902 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39910 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39918 \begin_layout Description
39920 \begin_inset space ~
39923 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39926 \begin_layout Description
39928 \begin_inset space ~
39931 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39932 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39933 to find it on the system.
39934 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39935 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39944 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39945 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39949 \begin_layout Section
39953 \begin_layout Standard
39954 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39955 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39957 \begin_inset space ~
39961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39963 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39967 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39970 \begin_layout Section
39975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39976 Language ! Settings
39985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39986 Settings ! Language
39994 \begin_layout Subsection
39998 \begin_layout Description
40000 \begin_inset space ~
40003 language is the language used in new documents
40006 \begin_layout Description
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40011 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40013 The default is the LaTeX-command
40019 that loads the package
40027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40028 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40029 \begin_inset space ~
40033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40035 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40045 \begin_inset Newline newline
40052 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40053 the document language.
40054 A text label is for instance the word
40055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40062 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40065 \begin_layout Description
40067 \begin_inset space ~
40070 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40071 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40072 An example is the start command
40078 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40083 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40098 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40103 \begin_layout Description
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40113 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40114 command toggles the package on and off.
40117 \begin_layout Description
40119 \begin_inset space ~
40129 \begin_layout Description
40130 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40131 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40132 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40133 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40140 \begin_layout Description
40142 \begin_inset space ~
40145 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40147 When this option is not set, the
40150 \begin_inset space ~
40155 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40156 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40159 \begin_inset space ~
40167 \begin_layout Description
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40175 \begin_inset space ~
40181 When it is not set, the
40184 \begin_inset space ~
40189 is set to the end of the document.
40192 \begin_layout Description
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset space ~
40201 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40202 language will be underlined blue.
40205 \begin_layout Description
40207 \begin_inset space ~
40211 \begin_inset space ~
40215 \begin_inset space ~
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40222 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40226 \begin_layout Subsection
40230 \begin_layout Standard
40231 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40232 \begin_inset space ~
40236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40238 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40245 \begin_layout Section
40249 \begin_layout Subsection
40251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40280 \begin_layout Description
40282 \begin_inset space ~
40285 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40286 The name will be used when the
40291 \begin_inset Newline newline
40295 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40303 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40312 \begin_layout Description
40314 \begin_inset space ~
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40322 \begin_inset space ~
40325 printer This option works only for the
40330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40342 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40343 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40346 \begin_layout Description
40348 \begin_inset space ~
40351 command is the command LyX
40352 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40359 LaTeX uses for printing.
40360 The default is on most systems
40367 \begin_layout Description
40369 \begin_inset space ~
40373 \begin_inset space ~
40376 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40377 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40378 of the program that provides the
40385 \begin_layout Subsection
40390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40401 Settings ! Date format
40409 \begin_layout Standard
40410 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40411 \begin_inset Newline newline
40415 \begin_inset Flex URL
40418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40420 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40426 \begin_inset Newline newline
40429 For example the format
40430 \begin_inset Newline newline
40434 \begin_inset Newline newline
40437 prints the date as day/month/year.
40440 \begin_layout Subsection
40444 \begin_layout Description
40446 \begin_inset space ~
40450 \begin_inset space ~
40453 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40456 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40457 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40459 \begin_inset space ~
40465 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40469 \begin_layout Description
40471 \begin_inset space ~
40474 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40479 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40480 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40483 \begin_layout Subsection
40488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40498 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40507 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40515 \begin_layout Description
40520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40528 \begin_inset space ~
40531 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40536 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40558 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40571 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40572 LyX sets up in the background.
40573 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40576 \begin_layout Description
40578 \begin_inset space ~
40582 \begin_inset space ~
40585 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40590 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40593 \begin_layout Description
40595 \begin_inset space ~
40599 \begin_inset space ~
40603 \begin_inset space ~
40607 \begin_inset space ~
40611 \begin_inset space ~
40615 \begin_inset space ~
40618 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40620 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40623 dialog when changing the document class.
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40629 External Applications
40631 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40632 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40633 manuals of the applications.
40634 Currently the following commands can be set:
40637 \begin_layout Description
40642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40650 \begin_inset space ~
40653 command Command for the program
40657 that is described in section
40668 \begin_layout Description
40673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40681 \begin_inset space ~
40684 command Command for the program
40688 that generates the bibliography, see section
40689 \begin_inset space ~
40693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40695 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40702 \begin_layout Description
40704 \begin_inset space ~
40707 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40708 \begin_inset space ~
40712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40714 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40721 \begin_layout Description
40723 \begin_inset space ~
40727 \begin_inset space ~
40731 \begin_inset space ~
40735 \begin_inset space ~
40738 options They only have an effect when the program
40742 is used as DVI-viewer.
40745 \begin_layout Subsection
40750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40769 \begin_layout Standard
40774 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40777 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40779 uses the Windows path style:
40782 \begin_layout Standard
40790 \begin_layout Standard
40791 instead of the Unix path style:
40794 \begin_layout Standard
40798 \begin_layout Section
40803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40812 \begin_layout Standard
40813 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40814 from one format to another.
40815 You can modify them or create new ones.
40816 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40823 \begin_inset space ~
40833 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40837 \begin_inset space ~
40842 drop-down list, modify the
40846 field, and press the
40853 \begin_layout Standard
40856 Converter File Cache
40858 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40861 Maximum Age (in days
40864 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40865 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40868 \begin_layout Standard
40869 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40870 the converter definition, is described in section
40881 \begin_layout Section
40886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40895 name "sec:File-Formats"
40902 \begin_layout Standard
40903 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40904 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40906 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40914 \begin_inset space ~
40926 \begin_layout Standard
40927 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40928 is described in section
40939 \begin_layout Section
40944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40953 \begin_layout Standard
40954 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40955 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40956 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40957 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40958 This is done by a Copier.
40961 \begin_layout Standard
40962 More about converters is described in section
40973 \begin_layout Chapter
40974 Units available in LyX
40978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40987 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40994 \begin_layout Standard
40995 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40998 reference "cap:Units"
41002 explains all units available in LyX.
41005 \begin_layout Standard
41006 \begin_inset Float table
41012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 \begin_inset Caption
41015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41031 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41039 \begin_inset Tabular
41040 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41194 scaled point (65536
41195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41255 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41310 % of original image width
41317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41524 \begin_layout Chapter
41526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41535 \begin_layout Standard
41536 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41537 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41540 \begin_layout Itemize
41543 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41546 \begin_layout Itemize
41552 \begin_layout Itemize
41558 \begin_layout Itemize
41564 \begin_layout Itemize
41570 \begin_layout Itemize
41576 \begin_layout Itemize
41582 \begin_layout Itemize
41588 \begin_layout Itemize
41591 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41594 \begin_layout Itemize
41600 \begin_layout Itemize
41606 \begin_layout Itemize
41612 \begin_layout Itemize
41618 \begin_layout Itemize
41624 \begin_layout Itemize
41630 \begin_layout Itemize
41636 \begin_layout Itemize
41642 \begin_layout Itemize
41644 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41653 \begin_layout Standard
41654 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41657 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41664 \begin_layout Bibliography
41665 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41666 LatexCommand bibitem
41673 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41676 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41681 \begin_inset Newline newline
41685 \begin_inset Flex URL
41688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41690 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41698 \begin_layout Bibliography
41699 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41700 LatexCommand bibitem
41701 key "latexcompanion"
41705 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41707 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41710 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41713 \begin_layout Bibliography
41714 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41715 LatexCommand bibitem
41720 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41723 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41726 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41729 \begin_layout Bibliography
41730 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41731 LatexCommand bibitem
41738 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41741 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41744 \begin_layout Bibliography
41745 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41746 LatexCommand bibitem
41758 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41761 \begin_layout Bibliography
41762 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41763 LatexCommand bibitem
41769 \begin_inset Newline newline
41773 \begin_inset Flex URL
41776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41778 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41786 \begin_layout Bibliography
41787 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41788 LatexCommand bibitem
41794 \begin_inset Newline newline
41798 \begin_inset Flex URL
41801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41803 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41811 \begin_layout Bibliography
41812 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41813 LatexCommand bibitem
41819 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41821 name "Documentation"
41822 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41831 \begin_inset Newline newline
41835 \begin_inset Flex URL
41838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41840 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41848 \begin_layout Bibliography
41849 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41850 LatexCommand bibitem
41856 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41858 name "Documentation"
41859 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41868 \begin_inset Newline newline
41872 \begin_inset Flex URL
41875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41877 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41885 \begin_layout Bibliography
41886 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41887 LatexCommand bibitem
41893 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41895 name "Documentation"
41896 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41900 of the LaTeX-package
41908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41909 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41915 \begin_inset Newline newline
41919 \begin_inset Flex URL
41922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41932 \begin_layout Bibliography
41933 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41934 LatexCommand bibitem
41940 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41942 name "Documentation"
41943 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41947 of the LaTeX-package
41955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41956 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41962 \begin_inset Newline newline
41966 \begin_inset Flex URL
41969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41971 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41979 \begin_layout Bibliography
41980 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41981 LatexCommand bibitem
41987 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41989 name "Documentation"
41990 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41994 of the LaTeX-package
42002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42003 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42009 \begin_inset Newline newline
42013 \begin_inset Flex URL
42016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42018 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42026 \begin_layout Bibliography
42027 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42028 LatexCommand bibitem
42034 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42036 name "Documentation"
42037 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42041 of the LaTeX-package
42049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42050 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42056 \begin_inset Newline newline
42060 \begin_inset Flex URL
42063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42073 \begin_layout Bibliography
42074 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42075 LatexCommand bibitem
42081 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42083 name "Documentation"
42084 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42088 of the LaTeX-package
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42103 \begin_inset Newline newline
42107 \begin_inset Flex URL
42110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42112 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42120 \begin_layout Bibliography
42121 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42122 LatexCommand bibitem
42128 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42131 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42135 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42136 \begin_inset Newline newline
42140 \begin_inset Flex URL
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42145 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42153 \begin_layout Bibliography
42154 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42155 LatexCommand bibitem
42161 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42164 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42168 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42169 \begin_inset Newline newline
42173 \begin_inset Flex URL
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42178 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42186 \begin_layout Bibliography
42187 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42188 LatexCommand bibitem
42194 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42197 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42201 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42202 \begin_inset Newline newline
42206 \begin_inset Flex URL
42209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42219 \begin_layout Bibliography
42220 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42221 LatexCommand bibitem
42227 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42230 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42234 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42235 \begin_inset Newline newline
42239 \begin_inset Flex URL
42242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42244 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42252 \begin_layout Bibliography
42253 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42254 LatexCommand bibitem
42260 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42263 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42267 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42268 \begin_inset Newline newline
42272 \begin_inset Flex URL
42275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42285 \begin_layout Bibliography
42286 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42287 LatexCommand bibitem
42293 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42296 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42300 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42301 \begin_inset Newline newline
42305 \begin_inset Flex URL
42308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42318 \begin_layout Bibliography
42319 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42320 LatexCommand bibitem
42326 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42329 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42333 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42334 \begin_inset Newline newline
42338 \begin_inset Flex URL
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42351 \begin_layout Bibliography
42352 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42353 LatexCommand bibitem
42359 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42362 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42366 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42367 \begin_inset Newline newline
42371 \begin_inset Flex URL
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42376 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42384 \begin_layout Bibliography
42385 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42386 LatexCommand bibitem
42392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42395 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42399 about new features in
42404 \begin_inset Newline newline
42408 \begin_inset Flex URL
42411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42413 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42421 \begin_layout Standard
42422 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42456 \begin_inset Note Note
42459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42466 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42467 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42468 bibliography is the second one:
42476 \begin_layout Standard
42477 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42478 LatexCommand bibtex
42479 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42480 options "biblio/alphadin"
42487 \begin_layout Standard
42488 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42491 \begin_layout Standard
42494 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42495 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42500 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42501 LatexCommand printindex